Commit graph

2096 commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Ilan Peer
0a63635ed0 AP: Use valid status code in wpa_ft_send_rrb_auth_resp()
The return value from this function may be used in an outgoing message,
so use a valid status code instead of -1.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2016-10-29 22:02:14 +03:00
David Spinadel
451a27b1ad hostapd: Add a configuration to set an AP as stationary
Add a configuration option in hostapd.conf and in neighbor report that
sets an AP as stationary. To enable this option on the current AP set
the config option stationary_ap to 1. To set a neighbor entry to be
marked as stationary add the word stat to the SET_NEIGHBOR command. This
option tells hostapd to send LCI data even if it is older than requested
by max age subelement in RRM request.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2016-10-29 19:16:47 +03:00
Ilan Peer
f5ec346902 hostapd: Fix adding neighbor entry
It is possible that a LCI or location civic configuration buffer
is valid but contains no data. In such a case do not add the LCI
and location civic information to the entry in the neighbor
data base.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2016-10-29 19:10:17 +03:00
Filip Matusiak
59d7cff7e3 AP: Disable VHT in TKIP-only configuration
This has already been done for WEP, but there's same constraint for not
allowing VTH rates in case of TKIP.

Signed-off-by: Filip Matusiak <filip.matusiak@tieto.com>
2016-10-29 00:55:49 +03:00
Kevin Mahoney
a818425d1c hostapd: Added signal level to STA tracking
Add signal level information to the station tracking information. Also
make it available via the "TRACK_STA_LIST" control command.

Signed-off-by: Kevin Mahoney <k.mahoney@cablelabs.com>
2016-10-29 00:55:49 +03:00
Nishant Chaprana
5f99d96287 Removed redundant NULL check for sta in hostapd_event_sta_low_ack()
Signed-off-by: Nishant Chaprana <n.chaprana@samsung.com>
2016-10-28 19:06:20 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2a0b86d319 Note set_key(WPA_ALG_NONE) failure in debug log
This makes wpa_remove_ptk() call to wpa_auth_set_key() more consistent
with all the other calls that verify the return value to keep static
analyzers happier.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-26 00:41:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ff338fab92 FILS: Setup EAPOL state machines properly after FILS association (AP)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-26 00:41:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
da24c5aa1c FILS: Set TK after association (AP)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-26 00:41:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
07e0117d21 FILS: Mark connection fully authorized after FILS Association (AP)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-26 00:20:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e73ffa0925 FILS: Add Association Response frame elements and encrypt them (AP)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-25 20:42:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
78815f3dde FILS: Decrypt Association Request elements and check Key-Auth (AP)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-25 20:42:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c4fd6d8aa8 FILS: Process FILS Authentication frame (AP)
This implements processing of FILS Authentication frame for FILS shared
key authentication with ERP and PMKSA caching.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-22 23:27:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ffb62f2272 FILS: Add a helper function for status code conversion
This will allow the existing code to be reused for FILS needs.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-22 23:27:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c1bd4bac5f FILS: Extend wpa_auth_pmksa_get() to support PMKID matching
This is needed for FILS processing to enable PMKSA caching.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-22 23:13:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c30bd28b14 FILS: Export IEEE 802.1X helper functions
ieee802_1x_encapsulate_radius() and ieee802_1x_alloc_eapol_sm() need to
be called from FILS processing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-22 23:13:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a6228b8ed6 ERP: Update client identity based on EAP-Initiate/Re-auth
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-22 23:13:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2aa1e48a45 FILS: Do not clear PTK on FILS Auth/Assoc (AP)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-22 18:11:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2449791b8e FILS: Update EAPOL-Key Descriptor Version RX rules (AP)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
75c8563e05 FILS: Perform AEAD processing after PTK has been confirmed
This covers EAPOL-Key frames other than 2/4 that needed special handling
to confirm PTK.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b729fd8df9 FILS: Use AEAD cipher to protect EAPOL-Key frames (AP)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3b5b7aa8fb FILS: Use AEAD cipher to check received EAPOL-Key frames (AP)
This changes 4-way handshake authenticator processing to decrypt the
EAPOL-Key frames using an AEAD cipher (AES-SIV with FILS AKMs) before
processing the Key Data field. This replaces Key MIC validation for the
cases where AEAD cipher is used. This needs to move the EAPOL-Key msg
2/4 RSN element processing to happen only after the PTK has been derived
and validated. That is done for all AKMs to avoid extra complexity with
having to maintain two code paths for this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b986648389 FILS: Update EAPOL-Key RX rules for FILS (AP)
Key Descriptor Version 0 is used with FILS and Key Info MIC field is set
to 0 with AEAD ciphers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
36a50fd4e8 FILS: Set EAPOL-Key Key Descriptor Version to 0 with FILS AKMs (AP)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dc5bad48af RSN authenticator: Add more debug print details on EAPOL-Key RX
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6d014ffc6e Make struct wpa_eapol_key easier to use with variable length MIC
Suite B 192-bit addition from IEEE Std 802.11ac-2013 replaced the
previous fixed length Key MIC field with a variable length field. That
change was addressed with an addition of a new struct defined for the
second MIC length. This is not really scalable and with FILS coming up
with a zero-length MIC case for AEAD, a more thorough change to support
variable length MIC is needed.

Remove the Key MIC and Key Data Length fields from the struct
wpa_eapol_key and find their location based on the MIC length
information (which is determined by the AKMP). This change allows the
separate struct wpa_eapol_key_192 to be removed since struct
wpa_eapol_key will now include only the fixed length fields that are
shared with all EAPOL-Key cases in IEEE Std 802.11.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
94f66e8a26 FILS: Advertise ERP domain in FILS Indication element
Calculate the hashed realm from hostapd erp_domain configuration
parameter and add this to the FILS Indication element when ERP is
enabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c30ed45f45 FILS: Allow hostapd to select FILS AKM for connection
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f55acd909e FILS: Set FILS Capability bit in management frames from AP
If FILS is enabled, indicate that in Beacon, Probe Response, and
(Re)Association Response frames in the Extended Capabilities element.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
198a942c83 FILS: Add FILS Indication element to Beacon and Probe Response frames
If FILS is enabled, indicate that in AP Beacon/Probe Response frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
903ecbe8da FILS: Add hostapd configuration options
This adds CONFIG_FILS=y build configuration option and new key
management options for FILS authentication.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:27 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
94318a0d30 FILS: Add AKM definitions
This adds definitions for the new AKM suite values from P802.11ai/D11.0.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 20:46:36 +03:00
Michael Braun
96590564d6 FT: Allow PMK-R0 and PMK-R1 for FT-PSK to be generated locally
Station should be able to connect initially without ft_pmk_cache filled,
so the target AP has the PSK available and thus the same information as
the origin AP. Therefore neither caching nor communication between the
APs with respect to PMK-R0 or PMK-R1 or VLANs is required if the target
AP derives the required PMKs locally.

This patch introduces the generation of the required PMKs locally for
FT-PSK. Additionally, PMK-R0 is not stored (and thus pushed) for FT-PSK.

So for FT-PSK networks, no configuration of inter-AP communication is
needed anymore when using ft_psk_generate_local=1 configuration. The
default behavior (ft_psk_generate_local=0) remains to use the pull/push
protocol.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-10-09 11:57:56 +03:00
Nishant Chaprana
746e5c2565 Fix spelling mistakes in number of comments
Signed-off-by: Nishant Chaprana <n.chaprana@samsung.com>
2016-09-30 22:45:03 +03:00
vamsi krishna
64c92c0757 MBO: Do not parse reason_detail in non_pref_chan attr (AP)
The reason detail field was removed from non_pref_chan attr in MBO
v0.0_r25 draft. Don't parse for this element to be compliant with the
latest drafr.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-09-25 17:31:26 +03:00
Denton Gentry
442819406c taxonomy: Store Probe Request frames in hostapd_sta_info
A weakness in the initial client taxonomy mechanism is from storing both
the Probe and Associate in struct sta_info. struct sta_info is created
after a client associates (or starts authentication frame exchange),
which means that any Probe Request frames sent prior to association are
not retained. The Associate Request frame has to be seen, and then
another Probe Request frame after association, before we have a
signature for the client.

Most clients send lots of Probe Request frames (lots and lots and lots
of Probes, actually), but a few do not. ChromeOS is notably sparing in
sending Probe Request frames, it can take a long time before a signature
for a ChromeOS device is available.

Store the most recent Probe Request frame in struct hostapd_sta_info
tracking list. When a struct sta_info is created, move the Probe Request
frame information from struct hostapd_sta_info to struct sta_info.

Signed-off-by: dgentry@google.com (Denton Gentry)
Signed-off-by: denny@geekhold.com (Denton Gentry)
Signed-off-by: rofrankel@google.com (Richard Frankel)
Signed-off-by: richard@frankel.tv (Richard Frankel)
2016-09-22 00:45:24 +03:00
Denton Gentry
04059ab844 Passive Client Taxonomy
Implement the signature mechanism described in the paper
"Passive Taxonomy of Wifi Clients using MLME Frame Contents"
published by Denton Gentry and Avery Pennarun.

http://research.google.com/pubs/pub45429.html
https://arxiv.org/abs/1608.01725

This involves:
1. Add a CONFIG_TAXONOMY compile option. Enabling taxonomy incurs
   a memory overhead of up to several kilobytes per associated
   station.
2. If enabled, store the Probe Request and (Re)Associate Request frame in
   struct sta_info.
3. Implement code to extract the ID of each Information Element,
   plus selected fields and bitmasks from certain IEs, into a
   descriptive text string. This is done in a new source file,
   src/ap/taxonomy.c.
4. Implement a "signature qq:rr:ss:tt:uu:vv" command
   in hostapd_cli to retrieve the signature.

Signatures take the form of a text string. For example, a signature
for the Nexus 5X is:
  wifi4|probe:0,1,127,45,191,htcap:01ef,htagg:03,htmcs:0000ffff,vhtcap:338061b2,
  vhtrxmcs:030cfffa,vhttxmcs:030cfffa,extcap:00000a0201000040|assoc:0,1,48,45,
  221(0050f2,2),191,127,htcap:01ef,htagg:03,htmcs:0000ffff,vhtcap:339071b2,
  vhtrxmcs:030cfffa,vhttxmcs:030cfffa,extcap:0000000000000040

Signed-off-by: dgentry@google.com (Denton Gentry)
Signed-off-by: denny@geekhold.com (Denton Gentry)
Signed-off-by: rofrankel@google.com (Richard Frankel)
Signed-off-by: richard@frankel.tv (Richard Frankel)
2016-09-22 00:45:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5e993390f6 Initialize iface->sta_seen on allocation
Previously, struct hostapd_iface sta_seen list head was initialized only
when completing interface setup. This left a window for operation that
could potentially iterate through the list before the list head has been
initialized. While the existing code checked iface->num_sta_seen to
avoid this case, it is much cleaner to initialize the list when struct
hostapd_iface is allocated to avoid any accidental missing of the extra
checks before list iteration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-09-22 00:45:24 +03:00
Nick Lowe
81258efacb Remove unused generation of Request Authenticator in Account-Request
Do not generate an unused and invalid Request Authenticator (random
value) when constructing Accounting-Request packets. The correct Request
Authenticator is calculated subsequently in radius_msg_finish_acct()
using MD5(msg + shared secret).

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-09-22 00:34:19 +03:00
Joel Cunningham
711e3cab07 Handle NULL return from os_zalloc() in sta_track_add()
This adds handling for a memory allocation failure in sta_track_add().

Signed-off-by: Joel Cunningham <joel.cunningham@me.com>
2016-09-06 18:58:08 +03:00
Lior David
faecb39236 hostapd: Allow FTM functionality to be published
Add configuration options that control publishing of fine timing
measurement (FTM) responder and initiator functionality via bits 70, 71
of Extended Capabilities element. Typically, FTM functionality is
controlled by a location framework outside hostapd. When framework is
activated, it will use hostapd to configure the AP to publish the FTM
functionality. See IEEE P802.11-REVmc/D7.0, 9.4.2.27.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-09-05 21:23:07 +03:00
Tamizh chelvam
fc72a48a63 hostapd: Use stations nsts capability in (Re)Association Response frame
Some deployed stations incorrectly consider nsts capability in
(Re)Association Response frame as required capability instead of maximum
capability and if it is greater than station's capability then beamform
will not happen in uplink traffic.

This commit adds support for an optional workaround to use station's
nsts capability in (Re)Association Response frame if the station's nsts
is less than AP by using the use_sta_nsts=1 configuration parameter.
This configuration is introduced in this commit and it is disabled by
default.

Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <c_traja@qti.qualcomm.com>
2016-09-05 21:14:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f2f8616e80 Initialize hapd->nr_db in hostapd_alloc_bss_data()
Previously, this was initialized in hostapd_setup_bss() which made it
possible for a REMOVE_NEIGHBOR control interface command to be issued
prior to the list head pointers having been set. That resulted in a NULL
pointer dereference. Fix this by initializing the list head at the time
the data structure gets allocated.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-08-22 17:44:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1f3b8b4edb Check for driver initialization before doing driver operations
Number of hostapd control interface commands (e.g., STATUS-DRIVER) could
result in NULL pointer dereference when issued on not yet enabled BSS.
Fix this by checking that the driver interface has been initialized
before calling the driver_ops function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-08-19 16:08:00 +03:00
Petko Bordjukov
72a652d785 IAPP: Set SO_REUSEADDR on listening socket
Make it possible for several instances of hostapd to listen on the same
network interface.

Signed-off-by: Petko Bordjukov <bordjukov@gmail.com>
2016-08-18 20:01:48 +03:00
Johannes Berg
81372e347a ap: Use is_multicast_ether_addr() more
Various checks should use is_multicast_ether_addr() instead
of hardcoding the equivalent, change it.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-08-17 13:43:31 +03:00
Nick Lowe
8468189e90 Do not include NAS-Port attribute with AID 0
Do not include a NAS-Port attribute in Access-Request and
Accounting-Request packets where the Association ID (AID) is 0, i.e.,
not yet assigned or known.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-08-13 10:28:01 +03:00
Nick Lowe
42d30e9ea0 Add a require_message_authenticator configuration option
This can be used to mandate the presence of the Message-Authenticator
attribute on CoA/Disconnect-Request packets.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-08-08 00:36:17 +03:00
Johannes Berg
842c5af5d3 ap: Use is_broadcast_ether_addr()
There's no need to have a separate variable and open-code a more
complicated version of this, just use is_broadcast_ether_addr().

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-08-06 16:51:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e55df99ee6 Share a single str_starts() implementation
No need to define this as a static function in multiple files.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-08-06 12:38:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5a5638a3bf Show disabled HT/VHT properly in AP mode STATUS command
Previously, HT/VHT state was shown in STATUS based on the configuration
parameter instead of the runtime operational parameters. This could
result in claiming HT/VHT to be enabled even when it was forced to be
disabled due to an incompatible configuration. Clear HT/VHT information
in the STATUS output if HT/VHT has been disabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-08-02 17:41:01 +03:00
Wu Gao
551817a582 AP: Disable VHT in WEP configuration
This was already done for HT, but VHT has the same constraint on not
allowing WEP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-08-02 17:31:48 +03:00
Masashi Honma
e347cafe57 mesh: Report mesh peer AID to kernel
Previously, mesh power management functionality works only with kernel
MPM. Because user space MPM did not report mesh peer AID to kernel,
the kernel could not identify the bit in TIM element. So this patch
reports mesh peer AID to kernel.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2016-07-23 20:26:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d735811329 tests: Add TEST_FAIL() to hostapd_get_aid()
This allows additional testing coverage for AID unavailability cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-28 20:44:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ebae413550 Fix a debug print in p2p_manager_disconnect()
fc2str() expects to get the 16-bit frame control value in host byte
order.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-24 19:02:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
451e094c7e dhcp_snoop: Silence a sparse warning
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-24 19:02:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bbae0f03aa ndisc_snoop: Include ndisc_snoop.h to check prototypes
This allows the compiler to check that function prototypes match the
implementation. In addition, this gets rid of sparse warnings.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-24 19:02:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
468b7b12a6 Fix hostapd_sta_add() call to use NULL as the pointer instead of 0
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-23 13:14:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3b6deac0e7 mesh: Avoid use of hardcoded cipher
This moves pairwise, group, and management group ciphers to various mesh
data structures to avoid having to hardcode cipher in number of places
through the code. While CCMP and BIP are still the hardcoded ciphers,
these are now set only in one location.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-19 20:18:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f868d5607d mesh: Clean up AMPE element encoding and parsing
The AMPE element includes number of optional and variable length fields
and those cannot really be represented by a fixed struct
ieee80211_ampe_ie. Remove the optional fields from the struct and
build/parse these fields separately.

This is also adding support for IGTKdata that was completely missing
from the previous implementation. In addition, Key RSC for MGTK is now
filled in and used when configuring the RX MGTK for a peer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-19 20:18:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4367eec439 mesh: Do not use RX MGTK as RX IGTK
The previous implementation was incorrect in forcing the MGTK to be used
as the IGTK as well. Define new variable for storing IGTK and use that,
if set, to configure IGTK to the driver. This commit does not yet fix
AMPE element parsing to fill in this information.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-19 20:18:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a4eec3c230 mesh: Use variable length MGTK for RX
This extends the data structures to allow variable length MGTK to be
stored for RX. This is needed as an initial step towards supporting
different cipher suites.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-19 20:18:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b02f4d058c mesh: Add variable length MTK support
This is needed as a part in enabling support for different pairwise
ciphers in mesh.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-19 20:18:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
18aca1a07d mesh: Use ieee80211w profile parameter
This is initial step in fixing issues in how PMF configuration for RSN
mesh was handled. PMF is an optional capability for mesh and it needs to
be configured consistently in both hostapd structures (to get proper
RSNE) and key configuration (not included in this commit).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-18 15:52:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b8b499e4a4 mesh: Use WPA_NONCE_LEN macro
No need to use the magic value 32 here since there is a generic define
for the RSN-related nonce values.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-18 15:52:54 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
bb4e19e3f4 hostapd: Skip hostapd ACL check for drivers supporting ACL offload
Commit 0603bcb7fe ('hostapd: Process MAC
ACLs on a station association event (SME in driver)') processes MAC ACL
on a station association event for drivers which use AP SME offload but
does not consider the scenario where the drivers offload ACL. This can
result in station disconnection, though the driver accepts the
connection. Address this by avoiding the hostapd ACL check for the
drivers offloading MAC ACL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-17 20:45:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cc27c8e680 hostapd: Fix early init failure path
eloop deinit calls could trigger segmentation fault if the early error
path is hit before eloop_init() gets called.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-13 00:37:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8359472589 hostapd Make GAS Address3 field selection behavior configurable
gas_address3=1 can now be used to force hostapd to use the IEEE 802.11
standards compliant Address 3 field value (Wildcard BSSID when not
associated) even if the GAS request uses non-compliant address (AP
BSSID).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-10 22:13:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6996ff7b6d hostapd: Fix Public Action frame TX status processing for wildcard BSSID
Previously all TX status events with wildcard BSSID were ignored. This
did not allow Public Action frame TX status to be processed with the
corrected wildcard BSSID use. Fix this to be allowed. In practice, this
affects only test cases since Action frame TX status was not used for
anything else.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-10 21:44:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
78a3632765 hostapd: Fix Public Action frame addressing (BSSID field)
IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 10.19 (Public Action frame addressing) specifies
that the wildcard BSSID value is used in Public Action frames that are
transmitted to a STA that is not a member of the same BSS. hostapd used
to use the actual BSSID value for all such frames regardless of whether
the destination STA is a member of the BSS.

Fix this by using the wildcard BSSID in cases the destination STA is not
a member of the BSS. Leave group addressed case as-is (i.e., the actual
BSSID), since both values are accepted. No such frames are currently
used, though.

This version is still using the AP BSSID value in the Address 3 field
for GAS response frames when replying to a GAS request with AP BSSID
instead of Wildcard BSSID. This is left as a workaround to avoid
interoperability issues with deployed STA implementations that are still
using the non-compliant address and that might be unable to process the
standard compliant case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-10 21:44:49 +03:00
Kanchanapally, Vidyullatha
cc9a2575ca nl80211: Use extended capabilities per interface type
This adds the necessary changes to support extraction and use of the
extended capabilities specified per interface type (a recent
cfg80211/nl80211 extension). If that information is available,
per-interface values will be used to override the global per-radio
value.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-05-31 21:35:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dad0129227 mesh: Support simple SAE group negotiation case
This allows the simplest case of SAE group negotiation to occur by
selecting the next available group if the peer STA indicates the
previous one was not supported. This is not yet sufficient to cover all
cases, e.g., when both STAs need to change their groups, but at least
some cases are no covered.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-05-30 21:14:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9c10be3f71 mesh: Fix error path handling in init OOM cases
hostapd deinit functions were not ready to handle a case where the data
structures were not fully initialized. Make these more robust to allow
wpa_supplicant mesh implementation to use the current deinit design in
OOM error cases without causing NULL pointer dereferences.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-05-30 01:05:16 +03:00
Bala Krishna Bhamidipati
a911227061 Add assocresp_elements parameter for hostapd
This new parameter allows hostapd to add Vendor Specific elements into
(Re)Association Response frames similarly to the way vendor_elements
parameter can be used for Beacon and Probe Response frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-20 13:12:50 +03:00
Günther Kelleter
b92d2a57ef FT: Fix RRB for FT over-the-air case
Commit 66d464067d ('FT: Register RRB
l2_packet only if FT-over-DS is enabled') disabled RRB l2_packet socket
if ft_over_ds is disabled, but this socket is required for FT
over-the-air, too (FT key distribution). Enable the socket regardless of
ft_over_ds setting if FT is enabled.

Signed-off-by: Günther Kelleter <guenther.kelleter@devolo.de>
2016-04-19 00:57:17 +03:00
David Spinadel
220754c553 hostapd: Add FTM range request
Add FTM range request via RRM. The AP sends Radio measurement request
with FTM range request as a request for the receiving STA to send FTM
requests to the given list of APs. The neighbor report part of the
request is taken from the neighbor database.

The control interface command is:

REQ_RANGE <dst addr> <rand_int> <min_ap> <responder> [<responder>..]

dst addr: MAC address of an associated STA
rand_int: Randomization Interval (0..65535) in TUs
min_ap: Minimum AP Count (1..15); minimum number of requested FTM ranges
	between the associated STA and the listed APs
responder: List of BSSIDs for neighboring APs for which a measurement
	is requested

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2016-04-17 12:29:12 +03:00
David Spinadel
f4f185a224 hostapd: Add LCI request
Add a hostapd control interface command REQ_LCI to request LCI from an
associated station using radio measurement.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2016-04-17 12:29:12 +03:00
David Spinadel
629e1804da hostapd: Save RM enabled capability of station
Save RM enabled capability element of an associating station if radio
measurement is supported in its capability field.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2016-04-17 12:29:12 +03:00
David Spinadel
2572df34b2 hostapd: Handle Neighbor Report Request frame
Process Neighbor Report Request frame and send Neighbor Report Response
frame based on the configured neighbor report data.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2016-04-17 12:29:07 +03:00
David Spinadel
061269b316 hostapd: Add own neighbor report data to neighbor database
Add own neighbor report data to neighbor database based on local LCI and
location civic data.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2016-04-16 21:05:40 +03:00
David Spinadel
9b4b226426 hostapd: Add a database of neighboring APs
Add a configurable neighbor database that includes the content of
Nighbor Report element, LCI and Location Civic subelements and SSID.

All parameters for a neighbor must be updated at once; Neighbor Report
element and SSID are mandatory, LCI and civic are optional. The age of
LCI is set to the time of neighbor update.

The control interface API is:
SET_NEIGHBOR <BSSID> <ssid=SSID> <nr=data> [lci=<data>] [civic=<data>]

To delete a neighbor use:
REMOVE_NEIGHBOR <BSSID> <SSID>

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2016-04-16 21:05:40 +03:00
David Spinadel
010182120d hostapd: Extend the configuration of RRM capabilities
Extend the radio_measurements parameter to save all the supported
RRM capabilities as it's used in RM enabled capabilities element.

Make this parameter not directly configurable via config file (though,
keep the radio_measurements parameter for some time for backwards
compatibility). Instead, add a configuration option to enable neighbor
report via radio measurements. Other features can be added later as
well.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2016-04-16 21:05:39 +03:00
David Spinadel
74e982d8d7 hostapd: Set LCI and Location Civic information in configuration
Enable configuration of LCI and location civic information in
hostapd.conf.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2016-04-09 11:18:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1854eeca19 Add POLL_STA command to check connectivity in AP mode
The hostapd "POLL_STA <addr>" control interface command can be used to
check whether an associated station ACKs a QoS Data frame. The received
ACK for such a frame is reported as an event message ("AP-STA-POLL-OK
<addr>").

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-09 00:30:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3dbfb28cfe Allow AP to disconnect STA without sending Deauth/Disassoc frame
The optional tx=0 parameter can be added to the hostapd
DEAUTHENTICATE/DISASSOCIATE command to request disconnection without
transmitting the Deauthentication/Disassociation frame to the STA.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-09 00:30:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
de92314033 Add inactive_msec into STA output
This allows external programs to fetch the driver inactivity value for a
specific STA ("STA <addr>" hostapd control interface command).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-09 00:30:49 +03:00
Ayala Beker
ae33239c55 AP: Pass station P2P PS capabilities info during station add/set
If a legacy client with no P2P PS support is trying to connect to
a P2P GO, the driver should know that, and change its PS behavior
accordingly.

Add a parameter to hostapd_sta_add_params() indicating if P2P PS is
supported by the station and pass this parameter to kernel with nl80211
driver when the station is added/set.

Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
2016-04-08 13:02:49 +03:00
Ayala Beker
f1863f2b82 RADIUS: Fix possible memory leak when parsing per-STA passphrase
Fix a possible memory leak in decode_tunnel_passwords() if an invalid
passphrase is received from the RADIUS server.

Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
2016-04-08 11:19:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e1b99620c9 AP: Do not use struct ieee80211_mgmt::u.probe_req
This struct in the union is empty, but the design of using a zero-length
u8 array here is not fully compatible with C++ and can result in
undesired compiler warnings. Since there are no non-IE fields in the
Probe Request frames, get the location of the variable length IEs simply
by using the pointer to the frame header and the known header length.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-04-02 16:55:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
795abc8e0a Drop USE_KERNEL_HEADERS define
This was only used for providing an option to use linux/if_packet.h
instgead of netpacket/packet.h in src/ap/iapp.c. However,
netpacket/packet.h is nowadays commonly available and hostapd already
depends on it through src/l2_packet/l2_packet_linux.c, so there is no
need to continue to provide this option for the kernel header.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-03-26 11:29:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9b7cd5788a Use a separate header file for Linux bridge interface definitions
This moves the BRCTL_* defines from vlan_full.c to linux_bridge.h to
clean up header inclusion.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-03-26 11:27:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c815fab83a Use own header file for defining Linux VLAN kernel interface
This gets rid of need to include linux/if_vlan.h and additional defines
in vlan_ioctl.c to avoid issues with missing definitions in libc
headers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-03-26 11:24:38 +02:00
Jörg Krause
81606ab73b vlan: Fix musl libc conflict with Linux kernel headers
Due to both <netinet/in.h> (in "utils/includes.h") and <linux/in6.h> (in
<linux/if_bridge.h>) being included, the in6_addr is being redefined:
once from the C library headers and once from the Linux kernel headers.
This causes some build failures with for example the musl C library:

In file included from /usr/include/linux/if_bridge.h:18,
                 from ../src/ap/vlan_init.c:17:
/usr/include/linux/in6.h:32: error: redefinition of 'struct in6_addr'
/usr/include/linux/in6.h:49: error: redefinition of 'struct sockaddr_in6'
/usr/include/linux/in6.h:59: error: redefinition of 'struct ipv6_mreq'

Mixing C library and Linux kernel headers is a bit problematic [1] and
should be avoided if possible [2]. In order to fix this, define just the
macros needed from <linux/if_bridge.h> as done in Busybox for the brctl
applet [3].

[1] https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=15850
[2] http://www.openwall.com/lists/musl/2015/10/06/1
[3] https://git.busybox.net/busybox/commit/?id=5fa6d1a632505789409a2ba6cf8e112529f9db18

Signed-off-by: Jörg Krause <joerg.krause@embedded.rocks>
2016-03-26 11:02:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e86859929f vlan: Move if_nametoindex() use out of vlan_init.c
With this, vlan_init.c does not need any special header files anymore
and vlan_ifconfig.c does not need hostapd-specific header files that
might conflict with net/if.h on NetBSD.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-03-25 18:00:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7c03c08229 vlan: Move ifconfig helpers to a separate file
This removes final ioctl() use within vlan_init.c.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-03-25 17:56:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
59d6390440 vlan: Move CONFIG_FULL_DYNAMIC_VLAN functionality into a separate file
This cleans up vlan_init.c by removing number of C pre-processor
dependencies.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-03-25 17:55:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0fe28ddf17 vlan: Remove unnecessary header includes from netlink implementation
The implementation in vlan_util.c does not use many of the header files
that were pulled in.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-03-25 17:27:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
84d6755108 vlan: Clean up netlink vs. ioctl API implementation
Move the ioctl-based VLAN implementation to a separate file to avoid
need for conditional blocks within vlan_ioctl.c. This removes the
internal CONFIG_VLAN_NETLINK define, i.e., this is now used only in
build configuration (.config) to select whether to include the
vlan_util.c (netlink) or vlan_ioctl.c (ioctl) implementation of the
functions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-03-25 17:24:20 +02:00
Jörg Krause
cb38bc886e vlan: Fix musl build error
caddr_t is legacy BSD and should be avoided [1]. While glibc may still
use __caddr_t as the type, Linux kernel does not (it is "void __user *
ifru_data").

This fixes compile errors with the musl libc:

../src/ap/vlan_init.c: In function 'br_delif':
../src/ap/vlan_init.c:218:18: error: '__caddr_t' undeclared (first use in this function)
  ifr.ifr_data = (__caddr_t) args;

[1] http://stackoverflow.com/questions/6381526/what-is-the-significance-of-caddr-t-and-when-is-it-used

Signed-off-by: Jörg Krause <joerg.krause@embedded.rocks>
2016-03-25 16:57:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8854f90bad mesh: Simplify wpa_auth_pmksa_set_to_sm()
pmksa->pmk or pmksa->pmkid cannot be NULL since they are arrays. Remove
the unnecessary NULL checks and use the provided pmksa pointer directly
to simplify the implementation. (CID 138519)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-03-22 20:38:44 +02:00
Roy Marples
45e3fc72c6 Find correct driver for interface additions/removals
Interface additions/removals are not guaranteed to be for the driver
listening to the kernel events. As such, send the events to
wpa_supplicant_event_global() which can then pick the correct interface
registered with wpa_supplicant to send the event to.

Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2016-03-22 17:41:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
90377029c6 wpa_supplicant: Fix CONFIG_IBSS_RSN=y build without CONFIG_AP=y
Commit 1889af2e0f ('VLAN: Separate station
grouping and uplink configuration') added an ap_sta_set_vlan() function
that gets called from pmksa_cache_auth.c. This broke CONFIG_IBSS_RSN=y
build if src/ap/sta_info.c did not get included in the build, i.e., if
CONFIG_AP=y was not set.

Fix this by making the ap_sta_set_vlan() call conditional on
CONFIG_NO_VLAN being undefined and define this for CONFIG_IBSS_RSN=y
builds. This is fine for wpa_supplicant since CONFIG_AP=y case was
already defining this. For hostapd, this function call is not needed for
CONFIG_NO_VLAN case either.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-03-21 21:12:20 +02:00
Masashi Honma
9f2cf23e2e mesh: Add support for PMKSA caching
This patch add functionality of mesh SAE PMKSA caching. If the local STA
already has peer's PMKSA entry in the cache, skip SAE authentication and
start AMPE with the cached value.

If the peer does not support PMKSA caching or does not have the local
STA's PMKSA entry in the cache, AMPE will fail and the PMKSA cache entry
of the peer will be removed. Then STA retries with ordinary SAE
authentication.

If the peer does not support PMKSA caching and the local STA uses
no_auto_peer=1, the local STA can not retry SAE authentication because
NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE event cannot start SAE authentication when
no_auto_peer=1. So this patch extends MESH_PEER_ADD command to use
duration(sec). Throughout the duration, the local STA can start SAE
authentication triggered by NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE even though
no_auto_peer=1.

This commit requires commit 70c93963ed
('SAE: Fix PMKID calculation for PMKSA cache'). Without that commit,
chosen PMK comparison will fail.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2016-03-20 17:56:38 +02:00
Masashi Honma
4c522c7798 PMKSA: Flush AP/mesh PMKSA cache by PMKSA_FLUSH command
This extends the wpa_supplicant PMKSA_FLUSH control interface command to
allow the PMKSA list from the authenticator side to be flushed for AP
and mesh mode. In addition, this adds a hostapd PMKSA_FLUSH control
interface command to flush the PMKSA entries.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2016-03-20 17:37:53 +02:00
Masashi Honma
b8daac18a4 PMKSA: Show AP/mesh PMKSA list in PMKSA command
This extends the wpa_supplicant PMKSA control interface command to allow
the PMKSA list from the authenticator side to be listed for AP and mesh
mode. In addition, this adds a hostapd PMKSA control interface command
to show the same list for the AP case.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2016-03-20 17:37:53 +02:00
Zefir Kurtisi
3bd58861ae hostapd: Handle running out of DFS channels
In scenarios where only DFS channels are available (e.g., outdoor,
special country codes), hostapd must be able to handle situations
where all are unavailable.

The two possibilities to get there are
1) while operating on the last available DFS channel a radar is
   detected
2) hostapd is started while all channels are unavailable

In both cases, hostapd instead of terminating should better
wait for the NOPs to pass and re-try operation after the CAC.

This patch provides that feature by using the condition
(iface->state == HAPD_IFACE_DFS && !iface->cac_started)
as NOP mode signature to retry operation from within
hostapd_dfs_nop_finished().

Signed-off-by: Zefir Kurtisi <zefir.kurtisi@neratec.com>
2016-03-08 12:16:37 +02:00
Eliad Peller
6448e06415 hostapd: Allow use of driver-generated interface addresses
Add a new 'use_driver_iface_addr' configuration parameter to allow use
of the default interface address generated by the driver on interface
creation. This can be useful when specific MAC addresses were allocated
to the device and we want to use them for multi-BSS operation.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2016-03-06 20:00:40 +02:00
Eliad Peller
f2accfe708 AP: Save EAPOL received before Association Response ACK
There is a race condition in which AP might receive the EAPOL-Start
frame (from the just-associated station) before the TX completion of the
Association Response frame. This in turn will cause the EAPOL-Start
frame to get dropped, and potentially failing the connection.

Solve this by saving EAPOL frames from authenticated-but-not-associated
stations, and handling them during the Association Response frame TX
completion processing.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2016-03-06 17:08:12 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
56885eecf4 hostapd: Add UDP support for ctrl_iface
Add UDP support for ctrl_iface:

New config option could be set:
CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE=udp
CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE=udp-remote
CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE=udp6
CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE=udp6-remote

And hostapd_cli usage:
hostapd_cli -i localhost:8877

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2016-03-05 17:44:37 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
89b781bc89 hostapd: Use common functions for ctrl_iface
Use the common functions, structures when UNIX socket ctrl_iface used.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2016-03-05 17:15:05 +02:00
Peng Xu
e1d00d47c7 Add error handling for offloaded ACS with vendor command failures
In case vendor ACS command returns invalid channel or hardware mode,
complete the interface setup with an error code instead of simply
return, so that hostapd can properly clean up the interface setup.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-03-03 12:19:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
debde14b5b RADIUS: Add Acct-Delay-Time into accounting messages
This tells to the server how long we have been trying to transmit the
message so that the actual time of the message generation can be
determined from receive time (ignoring network delays and only at
accuracy of one second).

For interim updates, only value 0 is used since there are no
retransmissions of the same message. For other accounting messages, the
initial attempt goes out with value 0 and the retransmissions, if
needed, show the number of seconds the message has been waiting in the
queue.

Update the Identifier and Authenticator in the messages whenever
updating the Acct-Delay-Time per RFC 2866, 4.1 requirements.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-02-29 17:43:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
669b5324e1 RADIUS: Update full message for interim accounting updates
Instead of using the RADIUS client retransmission design with the old
RADIUS message contents for each retry, trigger a completely new interim
accounting update instance more quickly (using the same schedule as
RADIUS message retransmissions) to improve accounting updates in cases
where RADIUS message delivery fails. This allows the server to get up to
date information from the time the "retry" message was sent instead of
the old information from the time the first failed attempt was sent.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-02-29 11:52:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
902c07a7af Replace hostapd_mac_comp_empty() with is_zero_ether_addr()
There is no need to maintain two implementations of the functionality.
is_zero_ether_addr() is easier to understand, so use it.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-02-28 20:11:58 +02:00
Michael Braun
5aef495fda VLAN: Avoid use of libnl cache
Using rtnl_link_alloc_cache() is expensive as it fills in all configured
links. Using rtnl_link_get_kernel() is much more lightweight.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-28 20:05:17 +02:00
Michael Braun
170c545ab4 FT: Check destination MAC address on RRB receive
As the Linux variant of l2_packet_init() does not use its own_addr
argument and l2_packet_receive() does not filter on destination MAC
address, this needs to be checked in the callback.

If there are multiple BSSes listening for FT RRB packets, all their
BSSIDs need to be local to the bridge interface. As l2_packet_init() is
going to receive all of them going for any local address, those RRB
messages started turning up on BSSes that were not destinated for and
cluttering logs.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-28 19:23:17 +02:00
Michael Braun
57b2c9140c RADIUS: Allow RADIUS server to provide PSK instead of passphrase
If the AP is slow, passphrase hashing takes too long to serve the client
before timeout. Extend the Tunnel-Password design to allow a 64
character value to be interpreted as a PSK and send SSID to RADIUS
server. This allows the RADIUS server to either take care of passphrase
hashing or to use raw PSK without such hashing.

This is especially important for FT-PSK with FT-over-air, where hashing
cannot be deferred.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-28 19:06:49 +02:00
Michael Braun
d8912fd80e Cache hashed passphrase in RADIUS-based PSK delivery
Instead of copying the full struct hostapd_sta_wpa_psk_short, share the
existing entry and use reference counting to check when it needs to be
freed. This allows caching of PSKs derived from passphrases to avoid
having to perform the heavy hashing operation multiple times.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-28 19:06:45 +02:00
Michael Braun
f8e09bc57e Defer passphrase-to-PSK hashing out of 802.11 authentication ACL check
Hashing takes quite some time (can be about one second on a low-power
CPU for each passphrase provided), so hostapd can easily hit the 900 ms
Wi-Fi client authentication deadline (mac80211 uses 3x 300 ms). This can
be fixed by storing the passphrase instead of PSK with the STA and defer
the hashing into the WPA/RSN 4-way handshake, when enumerating all PSKs.

This applies for the case where a RADIUS server is used to store the
per-STA passphrases and this passphrase is delivered as part of the MAC
ACL check during IEEE 802.11 Authentication frame processing.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-28 18:46:05 +02:00
Michael Braun
cc9c805a51 VLAN: Use stack instead of heap allocation for new interface name
The VLAN ifname is limited to the maximum length of IFNAMSIZ, so there
is no need to use heap allocation for it.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-28 18:29:58 +02:00
Michael Braun
d48d1b88d0 FT: Use BSSID as r1_key_holder if no value is configured
r1_key_holder is an identifier that was always set to zero if unless
configured before.

See 11.6.1.7.4 of IEEE Std 802.11-2012 which reads
 "R1KH-ID is a MAC address of the holder of the PMK-R1 in the
  Authenticator of the AP"
See 12.2.2 of IEEE Std 802.11-2012 which reads
 "Each R0KH-ID and R1KH-ID is assumed to be expressed as a unique
  identifier within the mobility domain."
 "The R1KH-ID shall be set to a MAC address of the physical entity
  that stores the PMK-R1 ..."

Defaulting this to BSSID is a more reasonable value since we have not
rejected the missing r1_key_holder as invalid configuration.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-28 17:56:42 +02:00
Michael Braun
71456dbdf2 FT: Check hapd->wpa_auth before RRB internal delivery
A malicious station could try to do FT-over-DS with a non WPA-enabled
BSS. When this BSS is located in the same hostapd instance, internal RRB
delivery will be used and thus the FT Action Frame will be processed by
a non-WPA enabled BSS. This processing used to crash hostapd as
hapd->wpa_auth is NULL. If the target BSS is on a different hostapd
instance, it will not listen for these packets and thus not crash.

Fix this by checking hapd->wpa_auth before delivery.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-28 17:45:45 +02:00
Michael Braun
0270bdedcc FT: Fix R0KH-R1KH protocol data length values
The FT RRB hostapd packets have a length field. For PULL frames, it
counted the bytes starting with nonce and up to the last before pad. For
RESP frames, it counted the bytes starting with nonce and up to the last
before pad except for 2 bytes. For PUSH frames, it counted the bytes
starting with nonce and up to including pad.

As rounding is done with AES encryption, including pad does not make
sense. Not including the last field before pad does not make sense
either. These were broken in the earlier addition of the 2 octet
pairwise field in commit 1b484d60e5 ('FT:
Include pairwise cipher suite in PMK-R0 SA and PMK-R1 SA').

AES encryption is not affected, as rounding hides the differences. The
packets data_length field is not used, so the differences have no effect
there.

This patch changes the constants to match the bytes used, thus excluding
the pad. To validate the changes, look at remainder modulo 8 of the sum
of the size constants and the padding sizes.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-28 15:43:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
adf0478e8e AP: Store STA supported operating classes information
This makes hostapd track Supported Operating Classes information from
the associated STAs. The stored information is available through the STA
control interface command (supp_op_classes row) as a hexdump of the
Supported Operating Classes element starting from the Length field. This
information can be used as input to BSS transition management and
channel switching decisions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-24 12:20:31 +02:00
Dedy Lansky
077dcfb8c4 AP: Debug print management frame TX result
Inside management frame TX status callback, print the TX result where it
was missing. This is useful for debugging management frame drops.

Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <qca_dlansky@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-22 21:51:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ca911d61f3 MBO: Parse non-preferred channel list on the AP
This adds parsing of non-preferred channel list on an MBO AP. The
information in (Re)Association Request and WNM Notification Request
frames is parsed to get the initial value and updates from each
associated MBO STA. The parsed information is available through the STA
control interface command non_pref_chan[i] rows.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-22 21:17:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3f48274d0e WNM: Fix a memory leak on AP error path
If the second memory allocation in ieee802_11_send_wnmsleep_resp() were
to fail and ieee80211_11_get_tfs_ie() succeed, the wnmtfs_ie allocation
would not have been freed on the error path.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-22 19:53:05 +02:00
Michael Braun
f5ca1766dc VLAN: Fix vlan_compare() for tagged VLANs
While refactoring VLAN comparison into vlan_compare(), it was overlooked
that modifications are needed for tagged VLAN support.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-22 19:53:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4c572281ed MBO: Mandate use of PMF for WPA2+MBO association (AP)
If WPA2 and MBO are enabled, PMF needs to be enabled in hostapd
configuration. If PMF is optional in the configuration, an MBO STA is
required to negotiate use of PMF.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-22 19:53:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8dd49f0cff MBO: Update STA cellular data capability based on WNM Notification
This makes hostapd parse a received WNM Notification Request frame
subelements and if a WFA MBO cellular data capability subelement is
seen, update the cellular data capability for the STA.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-22 19:53:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6332aaf3b2 MBO: Track STA cellular data capability from association request
This makes hostapd parse the MBO attribute in (Re)Association Request
frame and track the cellular data capability (mbo_cell_capa=<val> in STA
control interface command).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-22 19:53:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f3cb7a6969 WNM: Minimal processing for WNM Notification Request frames on AP
Write debug log entries on receiving WNM Notification Request frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-22 19:53:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e578343457 MBO: Indicate WNM-Notification support on AP when MBO is enabled
This is needed to allow MBO STAs to send WNM Notification Request
frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-22 19:53:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
990b7b6f38 Simplify hostapd_build_ap_extra_ies() with helper functions
This removes multiple copies of wpabuf_resize() following by
wpabuf_put_{buf,data}() with the help of two simple helper functions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-22 19:53:04 +02:00
Avraham Stern
c0e2a172a7 hostapd: Add MBO IE to BSS Transition Management Request frame
Add an option to add MBO IE to BSS Transition Management Request frame.
The MBO IE includes the transition reason code, cellular data connection
preference, and, if the disassoc imminent bit is set, it may also
include re-association retry delay. Otherwise, the re-association retry
delay should be set to zero.

The additional BSS_TM_REQ argument uses the following format:
mbo=<reason>:<reassoc delay>:<cell pref>
reason: 0-9
reassoc delay: 0-65535 (seconds; 0 = disabled)
cell pref: 0, 1, 255

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2016-02-22 19:53:04 +02:00
Avraham Stern
fb9a1c3e28 hostapd: Add MBO IE to Beacon, Probe Response, Association Response
Add MBO IE with AP capability attribute to Beacon, Probe Response, and
(Re)Association Response frames to indicate the AP supports MBO.

Add option to add Association Disallowed attribute to Beacon, Probe
Response, and (Re)Association Response frames. Usage:

SET mbo_assoc_disallow <reason code>

Valid reason code values are between 1-5. Setting the reason code to
0 will remove the Association Disallowed attribute from the MBO IE
and will allow new associations.

MBO functionality is enabled by setting "mbo=1" in the config file.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2016-02-22 19:53:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
75cc211d6b VLAN: Check vlan_desc validity in a failure debug print
The recent VLAN changes added an explicit code path that sets vlan_desc
= NULL within ap_sta_set_vlan(). This makes some code analyzers warn
about the debug print that could potentially dereference this pointer.
Silence that warning by verifying the pointer more consistently within
this function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-02-20 19:22:43 +02:00
Nick Lowe
43022abdb9 Use 64-bit TX/RX byte counters for statistics
If the driver supports 64-bit TX/RX byte counters, use them directly.
The old 32-bit counter extension is maintained for backwards
compatibility with older drivers.

For nl80211 driver interface, the newer NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64 and
NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64 attributes are used when available. This
resolves the race vulnerable 32-bit value wrap/overflow. Rework RADIUS
accounting to use these for Acct-Input-Octets, Acct-Input-Gigawords,
Acct-Output-Octets, and Acct-Output-Gigawords, these values are often
used for billing purposes.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-02-20 19:03:10 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
3f81ac0762 AP: Set STA assoc flag in the driver before sending Assoc Resp frame
Previously, stations were added to the driver only after the
(Re)Association Response frame was acked. In the time period between the
station has acked the (Re)Association Response frame and the time the
station was added to the kernel, the station can already start sending
Data frames, which will be dropped by the hardware/driver. In addition
to the data loss, the driver may ignore NDPs with PM bit set from this
STA.

Fix this by setting/adding the STA with associated flag set to the
driver before the AP sends the (Re)Association Response frame with
status success. If the (Re)Association Response frame wasn't acked,
remove the station from the driver.

Note that setting a station to associated state before the non-AP
station acknowledges the (Re)Association Response frame is not compliant
with the IEEE 802.11 standard that specifically states that a non-AP
station should transition to authenticated/associated state only after
it acknowledged the (Re)Association Response frame. However, this is a
justifiable simplification to work around the issue described above since

1. The station will be removed in case it does not acknowledge the
   (Re)Association Response frame.
2. All Data frames would be dropped until the station is set to
   authorized state and there are no known issues with processing the
   other Class 3 frames during the short window before the
   acknowledgement is seen.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2016-02-20 18:25:13 +02:00
Ayala Beker
bb598c3bdd AP: Add support for full station state
Add support for drivers that support full AP client state, i.e., can
handle adding stations that are not associated yet. For such drivers,
add a station after processing the authentication request, instead of
adding it in the association response callback.

Doing so is beneficial in cases where the driver cannot handle the add
station request, in which case it is useless to perform the complete
connection establishment.

Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
2016-02-20 18:25:13 +02:00
Nick Lowe
239952b4da DFS: Remove the os_random() fallback
Remove the fallback dependency on os_random() from the code that gets a
valid DFS channel. This is exceptionally unlikely to ever be called as
the call to os_get_random() is unlikely to fail. The intention is to
facilitate future removal of os_random() as it uses a low quality PRNG.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-02-19 18:44:40 +02:00
Nick Lowe
98a516eae8 WPS: Use only os_get_random() for PIN generation
Remove the fallback dependency on os_random() when generating a WPS pin.
This is exceptionally unlikely to ever be called as the call to
os_get_random() is unlikely to fail. The intention is to facilitate
future removal of os_random() as it uses a low quality PRNG.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-02-19 18:44:40 +02:00
Nick Lowe
f441e5af77 Use os_get_random() for Shared Key authentication challenge
Do not use the system clock or os_random() that uses a low quality PRNG
as part of the pseudo-random challenge in auth_shared_key(). The
construction can be improved upon by replacing it with a call to
os_get_random(), which uses a high quality PRNG.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-02-19 18:44:40 +02:00
Nick Lowe
8c676b5056 Add RADIUS Service-Type attribute with a value of Framed
This seems to be the common value used by APs and also mentioned in RFC
3580.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-02-19 18:44:39 +02:00
Masashi Honma
09d96de09e mesh: Drop Authentication frames from BLOCKED STA
Previously, only mesh Action frames from BLOCKED STA were dropped.
Extend that to drop Authentication frames as well.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2016-02-18 21:27:06 +02:00
Masashi Honma
70c93963ed SAE: Fix PMKID calculation for PMKSA cache
The SAE PMKID is calculated with IEEE Std 802.11-2012 11.3.5.4, but the
PMKID was re-calculated with 11.6.1.3 and saved into PMKSA cache. Fix
this to save the PMKID calculated with 11.3.5.4 into the PMKSA cache.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2016-02-18 21:07:47 +02:00
Nick Lowe
1492fbb90c Print Acct-Session-Id and Acct-Multi-Session-Id 64-bit values
These are now 64-bit variables and the printf formats and type casts
need to be updated to match.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-02-18 20:58:21 +02:00
Roy Marples
a5a3efccc2 Fix compile on NetBSD for vlan
Shuffle includes above system ones so to fix a compile issue
on NetBSD where the if_type #define from <net/if.h>
conflicts with the wpa_driver_if_type enum.

Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2016-02-18 17:09:14 +02:00
Michael Braun
8be640b780 VLAN: Add per-STA vif option
This allows the stations to be assigned to their own vif. It does not
need dynamic_vlan to be set. Make hostapd call ap_sta_set_vlan even if
!vlan_desc.notempty, so vlan_id can be assigned regardless.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-17 11:46:13 +02:00
Michael Braun
d0bdc96bdd VLAN: Actually add tagged VLANs to AP_VLAN
This makes vlan_newlink() and vlan_dellink() add tagged VLANs to AP_VLAN
interfaces as given by struct vlan_description.

hostapd_vlan_if_remove() is done in vlan_dellink() as tagged interfaces
need to be removed before the interface can be deleted and a DELLINK
message can be generated.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-17 11:46:13 +02:00
Michael Braun
f9c00188ca VLAN: Factor out per-vid code in newlink/dellink
To prepare for adding tagged VLAN support in vlan_init.c, vlan_newlink()
and vlan_dellink() are split into multiple functions. This reduces
indention and eases adding tagged VLANs as well.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-17 11:46:13 +02:00
Michael Braun
8e44c192da radius: Add tagged VLAN parsing
1. Add tagged VLAN to struct vlan_description
    (compile limited number of tagged VLANs per description)
    For k tagged VLANs, the first k entries in vlan_description.tagged
    are used. They are sorted in ascending order. All other entries are
    zero. This way os_memcmp() can find identical configurations.
2. Let tagged VLANs be parsed from RADIUS Access-Accept
3. Print VLAN %d+ with %d=untagged VID if tagged VLANs are set
4. Select an unused vlan_id > 4096 for new tagged VLAN configurations
5. Add EGRESS_VLAN RADIUS attribute parsing also for untagged VLANs

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-17 11:46:13 +02:00
Michael Braun
1889af2e0f VLAN: Separate station grouping and uplink configuration
Separate uplink configuration (IEEE 802.1q VID) and grouping of stations
into AP_VLAN interfaces.

The int vlan_id will continue to identify the AP_VLAN interface the
station should be assigned to. Each AP_VLAN interface corresponds to an
instance of struct hostapd_vlan that is uniquely identified by int
vlan_id within an BSS.

New: Each station and struct hostapd_vlan holds a struct
vlan_description vlan_desc member that describes the uplink
configuration requested. Currently this is just an int untagged IEEE
802.1q VID, but can be extended to tagged VLANs and other settings
easily.

When the station was about to be assigned its vlan_id, vlan_desc and
vlan_id will now be set simultaneously by ap_sta_set_vlan(). So
sta->vlan_id can still be tested for whether the station needs to be
moved to an AP_VLAN interface.

To ease addition of tagged VLAN support, a member notempty is added to
struct vlan_description. Is is set to 1 if an untagged or tagged VLAN
assignment is requested and needs to be validated. The inverted form
allows os_zalloc() to initialize an empty description.

Though not depended on by the code, vlan_id assignment ensures:
  * vlan_id = 0 will continue to mean no AP_VLAN interface
  * vlan_id < 4096 will continue to mean vlan_id = untagged vlan id
    with no per_sta_vif and no extra tagged vlan.
  * vlan_id > 4096 will be used for per_sta_vif and/or tagged vlans.

This way struct wpa_group and drivers API do not need to be changed in
order to implement tagged VLANs or per_sta_vif support.

DYNAMIC_VLAN_* will refer to (struct vlan_description).notempty only,
thus grouping of the stations for per_sta_vif can be used with
DYNAMIC_VLAN_DISABLED, but not with CONFIG_NO_VLAN, as struct
hostapd_vlan is still used to manage AP_VLAN interfaces.

MAX_VLAN_ID will be checked in hostapd_vlan_valid and during setup of
VLAN interfaces and refer to IEEE 802.1q VID. VLAN_ID_WILDCARD will
continue to refer to int vlan_id.

Renaming vlan_id to vlan_desc when type changed from int to struct
vlan_description was avoided when vlan_id was also used in a way that
did not depend on its type (for example, when passed to another
function).

Output of "VLAN ID %d" continues to refer to int vlan_id, while "VLAN
%d" will refer to untagged IEEE 802.1q VID.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-17 11:46:11 +02:00
Lior David
b907491281 wpa_supplicant: Basic support for PBSS/PCP
PBSS (Personal Basic Service Set) is a new BSS type for DMG
networks. It is similar to infrastructure BSS, having an AP-like
entity called PCP (PBSS Control Point), but it has few differences.
PBSS support is mandatory for IEEE 802.11ad devices.

Add a new "pbss" argument to network block. The argument is used
in the following scenarios:
1. When network has mode=2 (AP), when pbss flag is set will start
as a PCP instead of an AP.
2. When network has mode=0 (station), when pbss flag is set will
connect to PCP instead of AP.

The function wpa_scan_res_match() was modified to match BSS according to
the pbss flag in the network block (wpa_ssid structure). When pbss flag
is set it will match only PCPs, and when it is clear it will match only
APs.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-08 22:23:56 +02:00
Srinivasa Duvvuri
9684c7567e mesh: Fix peer link counting when a mesh peer reconnects
When a mesh point reconnects by starting from Authentication frame
sequence, the plink count was not decremented from its last connection.
This resulted in leaking peer link count and causing wpa_supplicant to
reject the connection after max_peer_links (default: 99) reconnects.

This was reproduced by pre-configuring 2 mesh points with mesh
credentials. Boot both mesh points and make sure they connect to each
other. Then in a loop reboot one of the mesh points after it
successfully connects while leaving the other mesh point up and running.
After 99 iterations the supplicant on mesh point that is not rebooting
will reject the connection request from the other mesh point.

Fix this by decrementing num_plinks when freeing a STA entry that is
still in PLINK_ESTAB state.

Signed-off-by: Srinivasa Duvvuri <sduvvuri@chromium.org>
2016-02-06 21:22:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1fc63fe299 RADIUS: Share a single function for generating session IDs
There is no need to maintain three copies of this functionality even if
it is currently implemented as a single function call.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-02-06 17:19:35 +02:00
Nick Lowe
2cbc6ffb3a RADIUS: Redesign Request Authenticator generation
Simplify and make properly random the generation of the Request
Authenticator.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-02-06 17:19:35 +02:00
Nick Lowe
b71a64aa01 Send an Acct-Multi-Session-Id attribute in Access-Request packets
Previously, this was included only in Accounting-Request packets.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-02-06 17:13:21 +02:00
Nick Lowe
4260e1a1ff Add Acct-Session-Id to Accounting-On/Off
An Acct-Session-Id is required on Accounting-On and Accounting-Off forms
of Accounting-Request.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-02-06 17:11:01 +02:00
Nick Lowe
d72a00539c RADIUS: Use more likely unique accounting Acct-{,Multi-}Session-Id
Rework the Acct-Session-Id and Acct-Multi-Session-Id implementation to
give better global and temporal uniqueness. Previously, only 32-bits of
the Acct-Session-Id would contain random data, the other 32-bits would
be incremented. Previously, the Acct-Multi-Session-Id would not use
random data. Switch from two u32 variables to a single u64 for the
Acct-Session-Id and Acct-Multi-Session-Id. Do not increment, this serves
no legitimate purpose. Exclusively use os_get_random() to get quality
random numbers, do not use or mix in the time. Inherently take a
dependency on /dev/urandom working properly therefore. Remove the global
Acct-Session-Id and Acct-Multi-Session-Id values that serve no
legitimate purpose.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-02-06 17:10:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d689317ddb EAPOL auth: Move radius_cui/identity freeing to eapol_auth_free()
These can get allocated within eapol_auth_alloc(), so it is more logical
to free them in eapol_auth_free() instead of ieee802_1x_free_station()
that ends up calling eapol_auth_free().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-02-06 16:32:22 +02:00
Nick Lowe
9b6177a891 Add Event-Timestamp to all Accounting-Request packets
Event-Timestamp should be sent for all Accounting-Request packets and
only after the system clock has a sane value, not where there's a value
close to the Unix time epoch.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-02-06 01:24:59 +02:00
Max Stepanov
d179089b6d GAS: Calculate response buffer length of ANQP elements
Calculate the required length needed for the extra ANQP elements added
to GAS response buffer instead of using fixed size and truncating the
response if there was not sufficient space.

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
2016-02-06 01:19:32 +02:00
Nick Lowe
479f46c4c2 Do not send Acct-Authentic in Accounting-On/Off
Acct-Authentic is used to indicate how the user was authenticated and as
such, should not be sent in Accounting-On and Accounting-Off.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-02-05 18:06:33 +02:00
Nick Lowe
696544efed RADIUS: Do not include Acct-Terminate-Cause in Accounting-On/Off
Per RFC 2866, 5.10, it is invalid to send Acct-Terminate-Cause in
Accounting-On and Accounting-Off (this is included only when
Acct-Status-Type is set to Stop).

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-02-05 17:59:07 +02:00
Eduardo Abinader
236053e532 Make fallback from HT40 to HT20 work
Ensure that if it is not possible to configure an allowed 20 MHz
channel pair, hostapd falls back to a single 20 MHz channel.

Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eabinader@ocedo.com>
2016-02-05 17:52:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
03a72eacda VHT: Add an interoperability workaround for 80+80 and 160 MHz channels
Number of deployed 80 MHz capable VHT stations that do not support 80+80
and 160 MHz bandwidths seem to misbehave when trying to connect to an AP
that advertises 80+80 or 160 MHz channel bandwidth in the VHT Operation
element. To avoid such issues with deployed devices, modify the design
based on newly proposed IEEE 802.11 standard changes.

This allows poorly implemented VHT 80 MHz stations to connect with the
AP in 80 MHz mode. 80+80 and 160 MHz capable stations need to support
the new workaround mechanism to allow full bandwidth to be used.
However, there are more or less no impacted station with 80+80/160
capability deployed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-02 00:09:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
03269d558a AP: Print interface name in more STA events
This makes it easier to follow a debug log from a hostapd process that
manages multiple interfaces.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-15 19:32:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9e8fde2134 AP: Fix Deauth/Disassoc TX status timeout handling
The ap_sta_deauth_cb and ap_sta_disassoc_cb eloop timeouts are used to
clear a disconnecting STA from the kernel driver if the STA did not ACK
the Deauthentication/Disassociation frame from the AP within two
seconds. However, it was possible for a STA to not ACK such a frame,
e.g., when the disconnection happened due to hostapd pruning old
associations from other BSSes and the STA was not on the old channel
anymore. If that same STA then started a new authentication/association
with the BSS, the two second timeout could trigger during this new
association and result in the STA entry getting removed from the kernel.

Fix this by canceling these eloop timeouts when receiving an indication
of a new authentication or association.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-15 19:32:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
12a81b64e1 ACS: Remove unreachable case from a debug print
n_chans can have only values 1, 2, or 4 in this function, so the -1 case
could never be reached. Remove the unreachable case to get rid of static
analyzer warnings.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-07 16:50:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
896607d36b Remove a pointer check that can never be true
chan is set to the result of pointer arithmetic (pointer to an entry in
an array) that can never be NULL. As such, there is no need to check for
it to be non-NULL before deference. Remove this check to avoid
complaints from static analyzers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-07 16:47:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a95cc47a92 ACS: Be more consistent with iface->current_mode checks
Offloading of ACS to the driver changed the design a bit in a way that
iface->current_mode could actually be NULL when the offloaded ACS
mechanism supports band selection in addition to channel selection. This
resulted in a combination that is too complex for static analyzers to
notice. While acs_init() can be called with iface->current_mode == NULL
that is only in the case where WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_ACS_OFFLOAD is in use.
In other words, the actual ACS functions like acs_cleanup() that would
dereference iface->current_mode are not used in such a case.

Get rid of static analyzer warnings by explicitly checking
iface->current_mode in acs_init() for the case where ACS offloading is
not used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-01-07 16:39:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4f6cd3f426 Fix wpa_supplicant AP mode P2P IE handling if P2P is disabled
If P2P support is included in wpa_supplicant build (CONFIG_P2P=y), but
P2P functionality is explicitly disabled (e.g., "P2P_SET disabled 1"),
couple of AP management frame processing steps did not check against
hapd->p2p_group being NULL and could end up dereferencing a NULL pointer
if a Probe Request frame or (Re)Association Request frame was received
with a P2P IE in it. Fix this by skipping these steps if hapd->p2p_group
is NULL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-01-01 17:12:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
db671e0aee WPS: Do not build Credential with unsupported encr combination on AP
It was possible for the Registrar code to generate a Credential with
auth type WPAPSK (i.e., WPA v1) with encr type AES if the Enrollee
claimed support for WPAPSK and not WPA2PSK while the AP was configured
in mixed mode WPAPSK+WPA2PSK regardless of how wpa_pairwise (vs.
rsn_pairwise) was set since encr type was selected from the union of
wpa_pairwise and rsn_pairwise. This could result in the Enrollee
receiving a Credential that it could then not use with the AP.

Fix this by masking the encryption types separately on AP based on the
wpa_pairwise/rsn_pairwise configuration. In the example case described
above, the Credential would get auth=WPAPSK encr=TKIP instead of
auth=WPAPSK encr=AES.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-01-01 13:42:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d7c3347f59 HS 2.0: Postpone WNM-Notification sending by 100 ms
This makes it somewhat easier for the station to be able to receive and
process the encrypted WNM-Notification frames that the AP previously
sentt immediately after receiving EAPOL-Key msg 4/4. While the station
is supposed to have the TK configured for receive before sending out
EAPOL-Key msg 4/4, not many actual implementations do that. As such,
there is a race condition in being able to configure the key at the
station and the AP sending out the first encrypted frame after EAPOL-Key
4/4. The extra 100 ms time here makes it more likely for the station to
have managed to configure the key in time.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-31 21:46:08 +02:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
d99097177a wpa_supplicant: Enable Automatic Channel Selection support for AP mode
Since hostapd supports ACS now, let's enable its support in
wpa_supplicant as well when starting AP mode.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
[u.oelmann@pengutronix.de: rebased series from hostap_2_1~944 to master]
[u.oelmann@pengutronix.de: adjusted added text in defconfig]
Signed-off-by: Ulrich Ölmann <u.oelmann@pengutronix.de>
2015-12-24 22:24:05 +02:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
96bc508684 Handle survey event properly in wpa_supplicant
Let's reuse hostapd code for such handling. This will be useful to get
ACS support into wpa_supplicant where this one needs to handle the
survey event so it fills in the result ACS subsystem will require.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
[u.oelmann@pengutronix.de: rebased series from hostap_2_1~944 to master]
Signed-off-by: Ulrich Ölmann <u.oelmann@pengutronix.de>
2015-12-24 21:35:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5bd9be4d17 Fix RADIUS Called-Station-Id to not escape SSID
Commit 986de33d5c ('Convert remaining SSID
routines from char* to u8*') started using wpa_ssid_txt() to print out
the SSID for the Called-Station-Id attribute in RADIUS messages. This
was further modified by commit 6bc1f95613
('Use printf escaping in SSID-to-printable-string conversion') to use
printf escaping (though, even without this, wpa_ssid_txt() would have
masked characters).

This is not desired for Called-Station-Id attribute. While it is defined
as a "String", RFC 2865 indicates that "a robust implementation SHOULD
support the field as undistinguished octets.".

Copy the SSID as an array of arbitrary octets into Called-Station-Id to
avoid any kind of masking or escaping behavior. This goes a step further
from the initial implementation by allowing even the possible (but
unlikely in practical use cases) 0x00 octet in the middle of an SSID.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-24 12:15:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5addb0df59 Server configuration for OCSP stapling with ocsp_multi (RFC 6961)
This adds a new hostapd configuration parameter
ocsp_stapling_response_multi that can be used similarly to the existing
ocsp_stapling_response, but for the purpose of providing multiple cached
OCSP responses. This commit adds only the configuration parameter, but
does not yet add support for this mechanism with any of the supported
TLS implementations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-22 19:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a587666cba GAS server: Replenish temporary STA entry timeout on comeback request
Previously, the five second timeout was added at the beginning of the
full GAS query and it was not replenished during fragmented exchanges.
This could result in timing out a query if it takes significant time to
go through the possibly multiple fragments and long comeback delay.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-12-20 19:43:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9257610a6e FT: Fix FTIE generation for EAPOL-Key msg 3/4
This FTIE needs to be an exact copy of the one in (Re)Association
Response frame. Copy the stored element rather than building a new copy
that would not have the correct MIC value. This is needed to fix PTK
rekeying after FT protocol run.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-10 00:14:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e44bd28cd1 FT: Fix sm->assoc_resp_ftie storing on the AP side
The FTIE from (Re)Association Response frame was copied before
calculating the MIC. This resulted in incorrect value being used when
comparing the EAPOL-Key msg 2/4 value in case PTK rekeying was used
after FT protocol run. Fix this by storing the element after the MIC
field has been filled in.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-10 00:14:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
59e78c2408 FT: Fix FTIE generation for 4-way handshake after FT protocol run
wpa_insert_pmkid() did not support cases where the original RSN IE
included any PMKIDs. That case can happen when PTK rekeying through
4-way handshake is used after FT protocol run. Such a 4-way handshake
used to fail with wpa_supplicant being unable to build the EAPOL-Key msg
2/4.

Fix this by extending wpa_insert_pmkid() to support removal of the old
PMKIDs, if needed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-12-10 00:14:35 +02:00
Rajkumar Manoharan
3c417499e7 hostapd: Add Transmit Power Envelope IE when VHT is enabled
Add Transmit Power Envelope element defined in IEEE P802.11-REVmc/D4.3,
8.4.2.161.

Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
2015-11-26 20:40:24 +02:00
Avraham Stern
d8a3b66d7f driver: Make setting up AP optional when creating AP interface
When an AP interface it created, it is also setup and subscribes
for management frames etc. However, when the interface is added by
wpa_supplicant, setting up for AP operations is redundant because
it will be done by wpa_supplicant on wpa_drv_init() when setting
the interface mode to AP.

In addition, it may cause wpa_supplicant to fail initializing the
interface as it will try to subscribe for management frames on this
interface but the interface is already registered.

Change this, so when adding an AP interface, make setting up the AP
optional, and use it only when the interface is added by hostapd but not
when it is added by wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2015-11-22 17:42:59 +02:00
Alexander Bondar
6bdc43c4db AP: Avoid 20/40 MHz co-ex scan if PRI/SEC switch is not allowed
When an AP is started on the 5.2 GHz band with 40 MHz bandwidth, a
scan is issued in order to handle 20/40 MHz coexistence. However,
the scan is issued even if iface->conf->no_pri_sec_switch is set,
which is redundant.

Fix this by checking iface->conf->no_pri_sec_switch before starting
the scan.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
2015-11-21 18:42:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f68d491b0a FT auth: Fix EAPOL reauthentication after FT protocol run
The EAPOL AUTH_PAE state machine was left in incomplete state at the
completion of FT protocol. Set portValid = TRUE to allow the state
machine to proceed from AUTHENTICATING to AUTHENTICATED state, so that a
new EAPOL reauthentication can be triggered.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-11-19 21:16:06 +02:00
Anton Nayshtut
0603bcb7fe hostapd: Process MAC ACLs on a station association event (SME in driver)
Now hostapd will use station MAC-based permissions according to the
macaddr_acl policy also for drivers which use AP SME offload, but do not
support NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL for offloading MAC ACL processing. It
should be noted that in this type of case the association goes through
and the station gets disconnected immediately after that.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-11-17 12:38:32 +02:00
Frederic Leroy
7b0f5500b0 eap_sim_db: Implement eap_sim_db_expire_pending()
Expire pending DB request for EAP-SIM/AKA/AKA'. Timeout defaults to 1
second and is user configurable in hostapd.conf (eap_sim_db_timeout).

Signed-off-by: Frederic Leroy <frederic.leroy@b-com.com>
2015-10-31 16:28:16 +02:00
Srinivasa Duvvuri
053693d266 hostapd: Add feature to start all interfaces at the same time in sync
When multiple interfaces across mutiple radios are started using a
single instance of hostapd, they all come up at different times
depending upon how long the ACS and HT scan take on each radio. This
will result in stations (that already have the AP profile) associating
with the first interfaces that comes up. For example in a dual band
radio case (2G and 5G) with ACS enabled, 2G always comes up first
because the ACS scan takes less time on 2G and this results in all
stations associating with the 2G interface first.

This feature brings up all the interfaces at the same time. The list of
interfaces specified via hostapd.conf files on the command line are all
marked as sync interfaces. All the interfaces are synchronized in
hostapd_setup_interface_complete().

This feature is turned on with '-S' commmand line option.

Signed-off-by: Srinivasa Duvvuri <sduvvuri@chromium.org>
2015-10-28 19:47:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f88bcad015 GAS server: Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-25 15:34:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1e72ba2e61 RSN auth: Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-25 15:34:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a5a2f252cb AP: Avoid undefined behavior in pointer arithmetic in IE parsing
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-25 15:34:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1166b20c95 Add Framed-IP-Address to Accounting-Request if STA address is known
The recently added ProxyARP support (proxy_arp=1) in hostapd allows a
STA IPv4 address to be learned from DHCP or ARP messages. If that
information is available, add it to Account-Request messages in
Framed-IP-Address attribute.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-17 19:53:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9b7a1bd7ed Option to reduce Probe Response frame responses during max STA
The new hostapd configuration parameter no_probe_resp_if_max_sta=1 can
be used to request hostapd not to reply to broadcast Probe Request
frames from unassociated STA if there is no room for additional stations
(max_num_sta). This can be used to discourage a STA from trying to
associate with this AP if the association would be rejected due to
maximum STA limit.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-10-17 19:30:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
207976f053 Fix Suite B 192-bit AKM to use proper PMK length
In addition to the PTK length increasing, the length of the PMK was
increased (from 256 to 384 bits) for the 00-0f-ac:12 AKM. This part was
missing from the initial implementation and a fixed length (256-bit) PMK
was used for all AKMs.

Fix this by adding more complete support for variable length PMK and use
384 bits from MSK instead of 256 bits when using this AKM. This is not
backwards compatible with the earlier implementations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-10-14 18:43:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ae7d9fbd3d Remove unreachable PMKSA cache entry addition on Access-Accept
The previous implementation used an obsolete sm->eapol_key_crypt pointer
which was not set anywhere (i.e., was always NULL). In addition, the
condition of sm->eap_if->eapKeyAvailable was not valid here since this
is the case of MSK from an external authentication server and not the
internal EAP server. Consequently, the wpa_auth_pmksa_add() call here
was never used.

The PMKSA cache was still added, but it happened at the completion of
the 4-way handshake rather than at the completion of EAP authentication.
That later location looks better, so delete the unreachable code in
Access-Accept handling. In addition, remove the now complete unused
struct eapol_state_machine eapol_key_* variables.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-10-14 18:43:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1b822f52e6 hostapd: Fix WPA, IEEE 802.1X, and WPS deinit in cases where init fails
With driver wrappers that implement set_privacy(), set_generic_elem(),
set_ieee8021x(), or set_ap_wps_ie(), it was possible to hit a NULL
pointer dereference in error cases where interface setup failed and
the network configuration used WPA/WPA2, IEEE 802.1X, or WPS.

Fix this by skipping the driver operations in case the driver interface
is not initialized.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-10-14 18:42:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
695dbbea88 Interworking: Add support for configuring arbitrary ANQP-elements
The new hostapd configuration parameter anqp_elem can now be used to
configure arbitrary ANQP-elements for the GAS/ANQP server. In addition
to supporting new elements, this can be used to override previously
supported elements if some special values are needed (mainly for testing
purposes).

The parameter uses following format:
anqp_elem=<InfoID>:<hexdump of payload>

For example, AP Geospatial Location ANQP-element with unknown location:
anqp_elem=265:0000
and AP Civic Location ANQP-element with unknown location:
anqp_elem=266:000000

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-10-07 17:07:21 +03:00
Dmitry Ivanov
9b285081ff Wait longer for inactive client probe (empty data frame)
Some devices cannot respond to inactive client probe (empty data frame)
within one second. For example, iPhone may take up to 3 secs. This
becomes a significant problem when ap_max_inactivity is set to lower
value such as 10 secs. iPhone can lose Wi-Fi connection after ~1 min
of user inactivity.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Ivanov <dima@ubnt.com>
2015-10-06 23:09:55 +03:00
Bob Copeland
681753f23c mesh: Generate proper AID for peer
IEEE Std 802.11-2012 13.3.1 states that the AID should be generated on
the local node for each peer. Previously, we were using the peer link ID
(generated by the peer) which may not be unique among all peers. Correct
this by reusing the AP AID generation code.

Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
2015-10-06 01:27:29 +03:00
Michael Braun
41d621075e Remove WEP support from VLAN
Commit d66dcb0d0b ('WEP: Remove VLAN
support from hostapd') already removed VLAN support for WEP encryption,
so vlan_setup_encryption_dyn() is no longer needed.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2015-10-06 01:27:27 +03:00
Michael Braun
7cebc8e210 Fix init of group state machine for static VLANs
This ensures that group key is set as long as the interface exists.

Additionally, ifconfig_up is needed as wpa_group will enter
FATAL_FAILURE if the interface is still down. Also vlan_remove_dynamic()
is moved after wpa_auth_sta_deinit() so vlan_remove_dynamic() can check
it was the last user of the wpa_group.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2015-10-06 01:25:36 +03:00
Johannes Berg
2b6e121676 hostapd: Add testing option to use only ECSA
Some APs don't include a CSA IE when an ECSA IE is generated,
and mac80211 used to fail following their channel switch. Add
a testing option to hostapd to allow reproducing the behavior.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-10-03 21:37:17 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
fa53d74c9e Handle VHT operating classes correctly
Fix and extend the ieee80211_freq_to_channel_ext() function to deal
correctly with VHT operating classes (128, 129, 130).

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2015-10-03 21:35:08 +03:00
Luciano Coelho
7d82170aba Set channel and operating class in hostapd_fill_csa_settings()
The CSA channel and operating class values need to be set for all types
of channel switch (i.e., either if it's triggered by the control
interfaces or due to the GO-follows-STA flow). To do so, move the code
that sets them from the GO-follows-STA flow to the more generic
hostapd_fill_csa_settings() function.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2015-10-03 21:26:23 +03:00
Luciano Coelho
d308a44fcc Use ieee80211_freq_to_chan() when getting segment indices
The hostapd_hw_get_channel() function can't be used to convert center
frequencies to channel numbers, because the hw mode lists don't have all
the center frequencies. The hw mode lists have the main channel
frequencies and flags to indicate the channel topography.

For instance, channel 5805 with VHT80- has the channel center frequency
segment 0 at 5775. This segment is only indicated indirectly in the hw
mode list by the HOSTAPD_CHAN_VHT_50_30 flag. The hw mode list doesn't
have any elements with frequency 5775 to allow the conversion to a
channel number. Thus, we need to use ieee80211_freq_to_chan() instead.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2015-10-03 21:19:09 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
95e551c5f7 Provide an offset to CSA counters in Probe Response frames
Pass to the driver a list of CSA counter offsets when sending Probe
Response frames during a CSA period. This allows the kernel to correctly
update the CSA/eCSA elements.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2015-10-03 21:08:22 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
2d3943ce5b nl80211: Specify CSA offsets in send_mlme() driver op
Some management frames contain CSA counters which should be updated by
kernel. Change driver op send_mlme() allowing to send a frame,
specifying an array of offsets to the CSA counters which should be
updated. For example, CSA offsets parameters should be specified when
sending Probe Response frames during CSA period.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2015-10-03 21:07:35 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
c0d94d6118 Advertise Supported Operating Classes elements in Beacon/Probe Response
Advertise current operating class in Beacon and Probe Response frames.
This Supported Operating Classes element is required by the standard
when extended channel switch is supported. However, since this element
doesn't reflect correctly the sub-band spectrum breakdown and can't be
effectively used by clients, publish only the minimal required part
which is the current operating class.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2015-10-03 21:01:49 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
38d9048fa8 Fix CSA related IEs order
Fix the order of CSA, eCSA, Secondary Channel Offset, and Wide Bandwidth
Channel Switch Wrapper elements in Beacon and Probe Response frames.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2015-10-03 21:01:47 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
967791fe60 Move HT CSA related IE function
Move Secondary Channel element function to ieee802_11_ht.c.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2015-10-03 20:31:30 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
98b0508121 P2P: Implement P2P_GO_FREQ_MOVE_SCM_ECSA policy
Add new GO frequency move policy. The P2P_GO_FREQ_MOVE_SCM_ECSA prefers
SCM if all the clients advertise eCSA support and the candidate
frequency is one of the group common frequencies.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2015-10-03 20:30:40 +03:00
Ilan Peer
4e0ab656d2 Move hostapd_csa_in_progress() to hostapd.c
Move hostapd_csa_in_progress() to hostapd.{h,c} so it can be used
for contexts other than DFS.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-10-03 20:19:06 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
6315bfdba2 Add support for eCSA
Extended channel switch provides an ability to switch between operating
classes and is required for P2P Devices by the P2P specification when
switching in 5 GHz.

When the operating class is provided for channel switch, the AP/P2P GO
will use eCSA IE in addition to the regular CSA IE both on 2.4 GHz and 5
GHz bands.

Transitions between different hw_modes are not supported.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2015-10-03 20:00:50 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
366179d218 nl80211: Suppport multiple CSA counters
Channel switch may be performed using both CSA and eCSA IEs together.
This may happen, for example with a P2P GO on band A with legacy
clients. Extend driver API to support up to 2 CSA counters.

This patch also includes the required implementation for nl80211.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2015-10-03 19:56:08 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
982896ffef Support VHT channel width change for CSA
When building Beacon and Probe Response frames for the target channel,
consider bandwidth parameter for VHT channels. In addition, add support
for updating vht_oper_centr_freq_seg0_idx and
vht_oper_centr_freq_seg1_idx.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2015-10-03 19:50:22 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
244d4d8bff Add Wide Bandwidth Channel Switch element
When switching to a VHT channel with width greater than 20 MHz, add Wide
Bandwidth Channel Switch element. This element is added in Beacon and
Probe Response frames inside Channel Switch Wrapper element.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2015-10-03 19:40:46 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
9438e9c785 Use previously computed channel in cs_freq_params for Beacon frames
When CSA is started, hostapd_change_config_freq() computes the channel
from the provided frequency. Use this stored channel to add CSA IE in
Beacon frames, instead of recomputing the channel each time.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2015-10-03 19:02:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2976715217 Do not clear RSN parameters before full configuration
This fixes an issue where hostapd SET command is used to configure RSN
parameters and the wpa parameter is sent after the other parameters.
Previously, the default case here ended up clearing rsn_pairwise and
wpa_pairwise values and once wpa=2 was finally set, the cipher
configuration had already been lost.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-09-27 15:55:11 +03:00
Ashok Raj Nagarajan
28ffd21c07 Do not copy STA VHT capabilities if VHT is not enabled for AP
Previously, station's VHT information elements were copied and passed
regardless of the AP's VHT configuration. As a result, AP with VHT
disabled in configuration could have ended up transmitting packets in
VHT rates though AP is not advertising VHT support. Fix this by copying
the station's VHT capabilities only when AP supports VHT (both hardware
and configuration).

Signed-off-by: Ashok Raj Nagarajan <arnagara@qti.qualcomm.com>
2015-09-23 12:09:35 +03:00
Chen, Yi
24fd20438f WPS: Fix num_probereq_cb clearing on DISABLE to avoid segfault
Reset hapd->num_probereq_cb to 0 on an interface deinit to avoid
unexpected behavior if the same interface is enabled again without fully
freeing the data structures. hostapd_register_probereq_cb() increments
hapd->num_probereq_cb by one and leaves all old values unchanged. In
this deinit+init case, that would result in the first entry in the list
having an uninitialized pointer and the next Probe Request frame
processing would likely cause the process to terminate on segmentation
fault.

This issue could be hit when hostapd was used with WPS enabled (non-zero
wps_state configuration parameter) and control interface command DISABLE
and ENABLE were used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-09-07 20:51:58 +03:00
Masashi Honma
8a51dcbc2f mesh: Rename IE field to clarify its use
This is used only for RSNE.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2015-09-05 21:15:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b308a304d4 Add station tracking based on other management frame subtypes
This extends the previous tracking design to add a station entry based
on other management frames than Probe Request frames. For example, this
covers a case where the station is using passive scanning.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-09-05 19:38:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0e2412d086 Add option to reject authentication on 2.4 GHz from dualband STA
The new no_auth_if_seen_on=<ifname> parameter can now be used to
configure hostapd to reject authentication from a station that was seen
on another radio.

This can be used with enabled track_sta_max_num configuration on another
interface controlled by the same hostapd process to reject
authentication attempts from a station that has been detected to be
capable of operating on another band, e.g., to try to reduce likelihood
of the station selecting a 2.4 GHz BSS when the AP operates both a 2.4
GHz and 5 GHz BSS concurrently.

Note: Enabling this can cause connectivity issues and increase latency for
connecting with the AP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-09-05 19:11:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
964f64e2ee Add option to ignore Probe Request frames on 2.4 GHz from dualband STA
The new no_probe_resp_if_seen_on=<ifname> parameter can now be used to
configure hostapd to not reply to group-addressed Probe Request from a
station that was seen on another radio.

This can be used with enabled track_sta_max_num configuration on another
interface controlled by the same hostapd process to restrict Probe
Request frame handling from replying to group-addressed Probe Request
frames from a station that has been detected to be capable of operating
on another band, e.g., to try to reduce likelihood of the station
selecting a 2.4 GHz BSS when the AP operates both a 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz
BSS concurrently.

Note: Enabling this can cause connectivity issues and increase latency
for discovering the AP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-09-05 17:53:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a65a9b8d67 hostapd: Add mechanism to track unconnected stations
hostapd can now be configured to track unconnected stations based on
Probe Request frames seen from them. This can be used, e.g., to detect
dualband capable station before they have associated. Such information
could then be used to provide guidance on which colocated BSS to use in
case of a dualband AP that operates concurrently on multiple bands under
the control of a single hostapd process.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-09-05 17:11:11 +03:00
Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan
8065377199 Do not advertise DSSS/CCK support in 40 MHz for 5 GHz band
DSSS/CCK rate support in 40 MHz has to be set to 0 for 5 GHz band since
this mechanism is designed only for the 2.4 GHz band. Clear
HT_CAP_INFO_DSSS_CCK40MHZ in ht_capab when the configured mode is
neither 11b nor 11g.

Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
2015-09-05 01:14:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bb119228b0 Remove unnecessary enum typedef from wpa_auth_sm_event()
This is more consistent with the expected coding style.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-08-28 16:34:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
43f49c3788 EAPOL auth: Avoid recursive wpa_sm_step() on WPA_DEAUTH case
It was possible for wpa_auth_sm_event(WPA_DEAUTH) to be called from
wpa_sm_step() iteration in the case the EAPOL authenticator state
machine ended up requesting the station to be disconnected. This
resulted in unnecessary recursive call to wpa_sm_step(). Avoid this by
using the already running call to process the state change.

It was possible to hit this sequence in the hwsim test case
ap_wpa2_eap_eke_server_oom.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-08-28 16:32:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
681e199dfb EAP server: Add tls_session_lifetime configuration
This new hostapd configuration parameter can be used to enable TLS
session resumption. This commit adds the configuration parameter through
the configuration system and RADIUS/EAPOL/EAP server components. The
actual changes to enable session caching will be addressed in followup
commits.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-24 02:29:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9c3380d776 Remove duplicated sta_authorized_cb call
Commit 6959145b86 ('FST: Integration into
hostapd') introduced this duplicated call due to an incorrect merge
conflict resolution in ap_sta_set_authorized(). An earlier commit
61fc90483f ('P2P: Handle improper WPS
termination on GO during group formation') had moved this call to an
earlier location in the function and there is no point in re-introducing
another copy of the call at the end of the function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-17 00:18:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e1938ba934 WPS: Fix multi-interface WPS operations in hostapd
Couple of the for-each-interface loops used incorrect return value when
skipping over non-WPS interfaces. This could result in skipping some WPS
interfaces in the loop and returning error. Setting AP PIN did not check
for WPS being enabled at all and trigger a NULL pointer dereference if
non-WPS interface was enabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-16 23:14:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bc02843e75 hostapd: Add testing option to override own WPA/RSN IE(s)
This allows the new own_ie_override=<hexdump> configuration parameter to
be used to replace the normally generated WPA/RSN IE(s) for testing
purposes in CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y builds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-08 18:18:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
44fa5e747b FT: Remove optional fields from RSNE when using PMF
The PMKIDCount, PMKID List, and Group Management Cipher Suite fields are
optional to include in the RSNE in cases where these would not have
values that are different from the default values. In practice,
PMKIDCount is always 0 in Beacon and Probe Response frames, so the only
field of these that could have a non-default value is Group Management
Cipher Suite. When BIP is used, that field is not needed either due to
BIP being the default cipher when PMF is enabled.

Remove these fields from RSNE when BIP is used to save six octets in
Beacon and Probe Response frames. In addition to reduced frame length,
this is a workaround for interoperability issues with iOS 8.4 in cases
where FT and PMF are enabled. iOS seems to be rejecting EAPOL-Key msg
3/4 during FT initial mobility domain association if the RSNE includes
the PMKIDCount field.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-08-06 20:47:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7e97d813ee WPS: Reject AP settings with invalid network key (PSK/passphrase)
This is similar to the earlier commit
b363121a20 ('WPS: Reject invalid
credential more cleanly'), but for the AP cases where AP settings are
being replaced. Previously, the new settings were taken into use even if
the invalid PSK/passphrase had to be removed. Now, the settings are
rejected with such an invalid configuration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-08-06 20:47:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
84bcb4e7a9 FST: Mark fst_ies buffer const
This buffer is owned by the FST module, so mark it const in the
set_ies() callback to make it clearer which component is responsible for
modifying and freeing this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-08-03 17:40:30 +03:00
Masashi Honma
ecd40fef74 mesh: Fix mesh SAE auth on low spec devices
The mesh SAE auth often fails with master branch. By bisect I found
commit eb5fee0bf5 ('SAE: Add side-channel
protection to PWE derivation with ECC') causes this issue. This does not
mean the commit has a bug. This is just a CPU resource issue.

After the commit, sae_derive_pwe_ecc() spends 101(msec) on my PC (Intel
Atom N270 1.6GHz). But dot11RSNASAERetransPeriod is 40(msec). So
auth_sae_retransmit_timer() is always called and it can causes
continuous frame exchanges. Before the commit, it was 23(msec).

On the IEEE 802.11 spec, the default value of dot11RSNASAERetransPeriod
is defined as 40(msec). But it looks short because generally mesh
functionality will be used on low spec devices. Indeed Raspberry Pi B+
(ARM ARM1176JZF-S 700MHz) requires 287(msec) for new
sae_derive_pwe_ecc().

So this patch makes the default to 1000(msec) and makes it configurable.

This issue does not occur on infrastructure SAE because the
dot11RSNASAERetransPeriod is not used on it.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2015-08-02 21:37:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7cb53ded11 Add build option to remove all internal RC4 uses
The new CONFIG_NO_RC4=y build option can be used to remove all internal
hostapd and wpa_supplicant uses of RC4. It should be noted that external
uses (e.g., within a TLS library) do not get disabled when doing this.

This removes capability of supporting WPA/TKIP, dynamic WEP keys with
IEEE 802.1X, WEP shared key authentication, and MSCHAPv2 password
changes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-02 16:52:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e03e56c3d6 Comment out EAPOL-Key WEP support in CONFIG_FIPS=y build
This avoids a call to hmac_md5() to fix the build. The EAPOL-Key frame
TX code is not applicable for any FIPS mode operation, so the simplest
approach is to remove this from the build.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-01 15:49:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bfc284c5c7 Make ieee802_1x_tx_key() static
This is used only within ieee802_1x.c.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-08-01 15:45:18 +03:00
Peng Xu
d0cdccd307 Fix generating offloaded ACS channel list when hw_mode is set to any
When ACS is offloaded to device driver and the hw_mode parameter is set
to any, the current_mode structure is NULL which fails the ACS command.
Fix this by populating the ACS channel list with channels from all bands
when current_mode is NULL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-28 23:22:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
94edea89fd FST: Print reason for ignoring FST Action frame in debug log
This makes it easier to understand why some frames are not processed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-25 23:20:33 +03:00
Ashok Ponnaiah
8659e33342 atheros: Enable PMF functionality without CONFIG_IEEE80211R=y
This extends the previous PMF (CONFIG_IEEE80211W=y) design that used
functionality from the FT (CONFIG_IEEE80211R=y) changes to work without
requiring CONFIG_IEEE80211R=y build option to be included.

Signed-off-by: Ashok Ponnaiah <aponnaia@qti.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-24 16:55:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
48b06c17fa drv_callbacks: Coding style cleanup
Clean up inconsistent whitespace use and split strings.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-22 19:56:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
de74489276 Move ap_list_timer() to use common AP periodic cleanup mechanism
This reduces number of periodic eloop timeouts when AP mode operations
are in progress.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-20 13:42:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
22fd2822f9 Move hostapd_acl_expire() to use common AP periodic cleanup mechanism
This reduces number of periodic eloop timeouts when AP mode operations
are in progress.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-20 13:39:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3188aabaf1 Add shared periodic cleanup function for AP mode
This new mechanism can be used to combine multiple periodic AP
(including P2P GO) task into a single eloop timeout to minimize number
of wakeups for the process. hostapd gets its own periodic caller and
wpa_supplicant uses the previously added timer to trigger these calls.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-20 13:33:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a0f04da517 FST: Mark get_mb_ie() return value const
The caller is not expected to free or modify the value since this is
returning a reference to a buffer maintained by the upper layer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-18 17:23:55 +03:00
PavanKumar N
fab51186dc Allow driver to be set in hostapd through global control interface
This extends the hostapd global control interface ADD command to allow
driver wrapper to be specified ("ADD <ifname> <ctrl_iface> <driver>").
Previously, this case that did not use a configuration file allowed only
the default driver wrapper to be used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-17 23:54:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
66d464067d FT: Register RRB l2_packet only if FT-over-DS is enabled
There is no need to waste resources for this packet socket if FT-over-DS
is disabled or when operating P2P GO or AP mode in wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-17 11:16:15 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
8bae489f15 FST: Do not prune STAs belonging to the same FST
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 18:26:15 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
347827ff6e FST: Add FST IEs into AP mode management frames
This adds the FST IEs received from the FST module into Beacon, Probe
Response, and (Re)Association Response frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 18:26:15 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
037378ff31 FST: Send FST Action frames to AP mode processing
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 18:26:15 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
8e9a8b0f8c FST: hostapd control interface
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 18:26:15 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
6959145b86 FST: Integration into hostapd
This commit integrates the FST into the hostapd.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 18:26:15 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
ae667c0827 FST: Store MB IEs from (Re)Association Request
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 18:26:15 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
104bef453b FST: hostapd configuration parameters
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 18:26:15 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
ee1e3f57b5 hostapd: Global control interface notifications
This commit implements hostapd global control interface notifications
infrastructure. hostapd global control interface clients issue
ATTACH/DETACH commands to register and deregister with hostapd
correspondingly - the same way as for any other hostapd/wpa_supplicant
control interface.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 12:33:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cf6fd19b34 ndisc_snoop: Avoid misaligned read of IPv6 address
The IPv6 address in the frame buffer may not be 32-bit aligned, so use a
local copy to align this before reading the address with 32-bit reads
(s6_addr32[]).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-07 16:25:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
aac1efec34 Reject the initial 4-way handshake if initial GTK setup fails
This makes the AP/Authenticator design more robust against unexpected
failures in random number generation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-29 23:23:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
55413ce072 P2P: Do not allow 40 MHz co-ex PRI/SEC switch to force MCC
Do not allow 40 MHz co-ex PRI/SEC switch to force us to change our PRI
channel if we have an existing connection on the selected PRI channel
since doing multi-channel concurrency is likely to cause more harm than
using different PRI/SEC selection in environment with multiple BSSes on
these two channels with mixed 20 MHz or PRI channel selection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-28 18:14:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6a58444d27 SAE: Verify that own/peer commit-scalar and COMMIT-ELEMENT are different
This check explicitly for reflection attack and stops authentication
immediately if that is detected instead of continuing to the following
4-way handshake that would fail due to the attacker not knowing the key
from the SAE exchange.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-23 23:10:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c99df20192 Remove redundant NULL check in ieee802_1x_encapsulate_radius()
The eap argument to this function is never NULL and the earlier
ieee802_1x_learn_identity() call is dereferencing it anyway, so there is
no point in checking whether it is NULL later in the function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-23 18:18:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2eb5967d99 AP: Add more 2.4 GHz channels for 20/40 MHz HT co-ex scan
This needs to find the PRI channel also in cases where the affected
channel is the SEC channel of a 40 MHz BSS, so need to include the
scanning coverage here to be 40 MHz from the center frequency. Without
this, it was possible to miss a neighboring 40 MHz BSS that was at the
other end of the 2.4 GHz band and had its PRI channel further away from
the local BSS.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-23 11:25:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3dce85ceb0 HS 2.0: Add WLAN RADIUS attributes in OSEN case
Previously, the common WLAN-* RADIUS attributes were added only when WPA
or WPA2 was used. These can be of use for OSEN as well, so include them
in that case, too.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-20 23:04:32 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
5d180a7739 drivers: Add freq parameter to send_mlme() function
Change send_mlme() API to allow sending management frames on a specific
channel, overriding the internal driver decision.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-06-14 23:16:55 +03:00
Michael Braun
132dfbe8c2 Fix removal of tagged interface and bridge when multiple BSS share them
Currently, if multiple bss share are bridge and tagged vlan interface,
only the first instance of struct hostapd_vlan for this vlanid will have
the DVLAN_CLEAN_VLAN flag added. Thus, when this instance is removed,
the tagged vlan interface will be removed from bridge, thought other bss
might still need it. Similarily, the bridge will be left over, as the
does not have zero ports when the first instance of a struct
hostapd_vlan is freed.

This patch fixes this by having a global (per process) reference counter
for dynamic tagged vlan and dynamically created bridge interfaces, so
they are only removed after all local users are freed. (struct
hapd_interfaces *)->vlan_priv is used to hold src/ap/vlan_init.c global
per-process data like drv_priv does; right now this is only used for the
interface reference counting, but could get extended when needed. Then
possibly some vlan_global_init / vlan_global_deinit should be added, but
this is not required right now.

Additionally, vlan->configured is checked to avoid reference counter
decreasing before vlan_newlink increased them.

In order to avoid race conditions, vlan_dellink is called explicitly
after hostapd_vlan_if_remove. Otherwise there would be a short timeframe
between hostapd_vlan_if_remove and vlan_dellink during which the struct
hostapd_vlan still exists, so ap_sta_bind_vlan would try to attach
stations to it.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2015-06-14 13:33:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e19c1d2cc7 Fix pairwise cipher suite bitfields to the driver in mixed mode
Commit 95b6bca66d ('Add rsn_pairwise bits
to set_ieee8021x() driver_ops') modified cipher configuration to use
unconditionally wpa_pairwise | rsn_pairwise. While that works for many
cases, it does not handle the case of dynamic configuration changes over
the control interface where wpa_pairwise or rsn_pairwise values may not
get cleared when the wpa parameter is modified. Fix this inconsistency
by configuring the driver with only the bits that are valid for the
currently enabled WPA/WPA2 version(s).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-06-10 13:49:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c5ee4dd9d9 Fix spelling of initialize in a comment and an error message
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-06-10 12:02:46 +03:00
Alan T. DeKok
f13e815491 Set Acct-Session-Id from os_get_random() instead of os_get_time()
So that systems with bad clocks will send random session IDs,
instead of always ones starting at the same second.

If os_get_random() isn't available, use os_get_time(). But also
mix in now.tv_usec, so that the accounting session ID is more
likely to be globally and temporally unique.

Signed-off-by: Alan DeKok <aland@freeradius.org>
2015-06-06 17:23:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0980c7face hostapd: Make sure band selection does not result in NULL dereference
Explicitly check for iface->current_mode before dereferencing it. While
this case may not happen in practice, it is better for the setup
functions to be more careful when doing the initial band selection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-06-02 20:06:49 +03:00
Peng Xu
3784c0589e Extend hw_mode to support any band for offloaded ACS case
When device supports dual band operations with offloaded ACS, hw_mode
can now be set to any band (hw_mode=any) in order to allow ACS to select
the best channel from any band. After a channel is selected, the hw_mode
is updated for hostapd.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-05-27 12:17:57 +03:00
Srinivasa Duvvuri
567098ec74 ACS: Scan only channels specified in the channel list
The ACS code part of hostapd scans all the channels even if the channel
list is specified in the hostapd.conf. Limit the ACS scan channels to
the list specified in the config file.

Signed-off-by: Srinivasa Duvvuri<sduvvuri@chromium.org>
2015-05-24 10:38:27 +03:00
Matthias May
8884ce03bc hostapd: check validity of cwMin/cwMax values
Signed-off-by: Matthias May <matthias.may@neratec.com>
2015-05-07 20:57:32 +03:00
Michael Braun
9649b5342d vlan: Print libnl error message on vlan_add / vlan_del
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2015-05-07 20:54:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ef566a4d4f AP WMM: Fix integer underflow in WMM Action frame parser
The length of the WMM Action frame was not properly validated and the
length of the information elements (int left) could end up being
negative. This would result in reading significantly past the stack
buffer while parsing the IEs in ieee802_11_parse_elems() and while doing
so, resulting in segmentation fault.

This can result in an invalid frame being used for a denial of service
attack (hostapd process killed) against an AP with a driver that uses
hostapd for management frame processing (e.g., all mac80211-based
drivers).

Thanks to Kostya Kortchinsky of Google security team for discovering and
reporting this issue.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 18:26:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fd66aa63f4 Check Public Action length explicitly before reading Action Code
In theory, the previous version could have resulted in reading one byte
beyond the end of the management frame RX buffer if the local driver
were to deliver a truncated Public Action frame for processing. In
practice, this did not seem to happen with mac80211-based drivers and
even if it were, the extra octet would be an uninitialized value in a
buffer rather than read beyond the end of the buffer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 16:33:08 +03:00
Hamad Kadmany
01a025937c WPS: Add support for 60 GHz band
Handling of WPS RF band for 60 GHz was missing. Add it in all relevant
places and also map "AES" as the cipher to GCMP instead of CCMP when
operating on the 60 GHz band.

Signed-off-by: Hamad Kadmany <qca_hkadmany@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-28 00:22:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4a7ce98469 Make IPv6 NA multicast-to-unicast conversion configurable
This can be used with Proxy ARP to allow multicast NAs to be forwarded
to associated STAs using link layer unicast delivery. This used to be
hardcoded to be enabled, but it is now disabled by default and can be
enabled with na_mcast_to_ucast=1. This functionality may not be desired
in all networks and most cases work without it, so the new
default-to-disabled is more appropriate.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-27 12:30:09 +03:00
Michael Braun
a0ad9e8c9e Remove WPA per-VLAN groups when no more stations remain
Previously, struct wpa_group was created when the first station enters
the group and the struct wpa_group was not freed when all station left
the group. This causes a problem because wpa_group will enter
FATAL_FAILURE when a wpa_group is running while the AP_VLAN interface
has already been removed.

Fix this by adding a reference counter to struct wpa_group and free a
group if it is unused.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2015-04-26 16:56:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
87b5b53959 Make VLAN ID available in STA info over control interface
If hostapd has bound a STA into a specific VLAN, the new vlan_id
parameter in the control interface STA command can now be used to check
which VLAN ID is in use.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-26 15:58:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
209214b479 vlan: Move CONFIG_FULL_DYNAMIC_VLAN includes to proper places
All the system header files are supposed to be included before any other
internal header file apart from utils/includes.h.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-26 13:36:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a6da824b19 Do not use C++ reserved words as variable names
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-26 13:36:55 +03:00
Masashi Honma
fabc6dd8c4 mesh: Retransmit the last Commit Message in the Committed state
Previously, mesh state machine transmits updated Commit Message when
receiving a Confirm Message in Committed state. According to the
standard, it should (re)send the latest Commit Message previously sent.

IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 11.3.8.6.4 Protocol instance behavior - Committed
state:
"Upon receipt of a Con event, ... If Sync is not greater than
dot11RSNASAESync, the protocol instance shall increment Sync, transmit
the last Commit Message sent to the peer, and set the t0
(retransmission) timer."

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2015-04-25 15:36:41 +03:00
Michael Braun
068669fc92 vlan: Verify RADIUS returned VLAN-ID and dynamic_vlan=required
This extends dynamic_vlan=required checks to apply for WPA-PSK with
macaddr_acl=2 (RADIUS) case.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2015-04-25 10:28:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d6fefd64d2 Simplify HT Operation element parsing
Check the element length in the parser and remove the length field from
struct ieee802_11_elems since the element is of fixed length.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-22 22:05:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
40baac0e43 Simplify VHT Capabilities element parsing
Check the element length in the parser and remove the length field from
struct ieee802_11_elems since the element is of fixed length.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-22 22:05:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
baae4cb9b4 Simplify HT Capabilities element parsing
Check the element length in the parser and remove the length field from
struct ieee802_11_elems since the element is of fixed length.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-22 22:05:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e8997b9407 Simplify ERP element parsing
Check the element length in the parser and remove the length field from
struct ieee802_11_elems since the only allowed element length is one.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-22 22:05:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f87c99c787 Simplify DSSS Parameter Set element parsing
Check the element length in the parser and remove the length field from
struct ieee802_11_elems since the only allowed element length is one.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-22 22:05:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
253103681c FT: Fix WMM TSPEC validation in driver-based AP MLME case
Commit 88b32a99d3 ('FT: Add FT AP support
for drivers that manage MLME internally') added an alternative way of
processing the WMM TSPEC from RIC. However, that change did not seem to
include the same checks for WMM TSPEC element length that were used in
the original implementation for MLME-in-hostapd case. Fix this by
sharing the older implementation of copying the WMM TSPEC from RIC for
both cases.

It looks like the destination buffer for the response is sufficiently
long for the fixed length copy, but it may have been possible to trigger
a read beyond the end of the FTIE by about 50 bytes. Though, that seems
to be within the buffer received for RX buffer in the case that uses
this driver-based AP MLME design for FT.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-22 11:44:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
26b3f64428 tests: Add ap-mgmt-fuzzer
This program can be used to run fuzzing tests for areas related to AP
management frame parsing and processing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-22 11:44:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d6c3067d32 Replace SSID_LEN with SSID_MAX_LEN
This makes source code more consistent.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-22 11:44:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
81847c22ba Replace HOSTAPD_MAX_SSID_LEN with SSID_MAX_LEN
This makes source code more consistent.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-22 11:44:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f41ded6fa4 Remove unused leftover from multi-SSID design
The multi-SSID design that used a single beaconing BSSID with multiple
SSIDs was never completed in this repository, so there is no need to
maintain the per-STA ssid/ssid_probe pointers that could only point to
&hapd->conf->ssid. Save some memory and reduce code complexity by
removing this unused partial capability.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-22 11:17:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1acf38f1a5 Add ifname to vlan_remove_dynamic() debug print
This makes it easier to interpret debug logs for cases where hostapd
control multiple interfaces.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-13 17:08:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2e192bd08f Print debug entry on STA pruning from other interfaces
This makes it easier to interpret debug logs in case hostapd controls
multiple interfaces and a STA roams between them.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-13 17:08:10 +03:00
Michael Braun
c8e6beabb6 Remove VLAN interface on STA free
Currently, vlan_remove_dynamic() is only called when the station VLAN ID
is changed (ap_sta_bind_vlan), but not when the station is freed. So
dynamic VLAN interfaces are not removed actually except within 1x
reauthentification VLAN ID change, although most of the code is already
there.

This patch fixes this by calling vlan_remove_dynamic() in ap_free_sta().

It cannot just use sta->vlan_id for this, as this might have been
changed without calling ap_sta_bind_vlan() (ap/ieee802_11.c:handle_auth
fetches from RADIUS cache for WPA-PSK), thus reference counting might
not have been updated. Additionally, reference counting might get wrong
due to old_vlanid = 0 being passed unconditionally, thus increasing the
reference counter multiple times.

So tracking the currently assigned (i.e., dynamic_vlan counter
increased) VLAN is done in a new variable sta->vlan_id_bound. Therefore,
the old_vlan_id argument of ap_sta_bind_vlan() is no longer needed and
setting the VLAN for the sta in driver happens unconditionally.

Additionally, vlan->dynamic_vlan is only incremented when it actually
is a dynamic VLAN.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2015-04-13 17:08:10 +03:00
Michael Braun
de31fb052c vlan: Ignore multiple NEWLINK messages
hostapd receives NEWLINK messages multiple times and thus does
configuration of the the vlan interface multiple times.

This is not required and leads to the following during cleanup in
test pmksa_cache_preauth_vlan_used:
 1. run-test.py does: brctl delif brvlan1 wlan3.1
 2. hostapd processes NEWLINK and does: brctl addif brvlan1 wlan3.1
 3. run-test.py does: brctl delbr brvlan1
    -> fails as wlan3.1 is still in the bridge

This patch fixes this by ignoring repeated NEWLINK messages.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2015-04-13 15:34:33 +03:00
Michael Braun
371205dd0c vlan: Ignore DELLINK on interfaces that exists
When hitting
> Failed to create interface wlan3.1: -23 (Too many open files in system)
> Try to remove and re-create wlan3.1
hostapd deletes the AP_VLAN interface and then recreates it. Thus the
kernel assigns the same ifidx to the new interfaces and sends DELLINK
and NEWLINK mesages.

As the DELLINK messages are processed after the struct hostapd_vlan is
added, hostapd deletes the struct hostapd_vlan entry, deconfigures the
AP_VLAN interface and leaves vlan_newlink nothing to find afterwards.

So this patch makes DELLINK messages to be ignored when the interface
exists.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2015-04-13 15:31:56 +03:00
Michael Braun
a5e81ba9eb Fix STA VLAN bind for RSN pre-authentication case
Previously, during RSN preauthentication, ap_sta_bind_vlan() was called,
which fails for non-zero sta->vlan_id as the station is not known to the
kernel driver.

Fix this by binding the station only if it is associated. If it is not
associated, ap_sta_bind_vlan() will be done later during association.

In addition, reject Access-Accept if the returned VLAN ID is not valid
in the current hostapd configuration.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2015-04-13 15:26:40 +03:00
Michael Braun
3ffdeb7ac8 Fix RSN preauthentication with dynamic_vlan enabled but unused
sta->vlan_id == -1 means no VLAN, as does vlan_id = 0.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2015-04-13 15:26:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
60eb9e173e AP: Enable multicast snooping on bridge if ProxyARP IPv6 is in use
This is needed to allow correct ProxyARP behavior for IPv6.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-13 14:00:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
df8191d0b8 Rename HT 20/40 coex variable to be more descriptive
is_ht_allowed is a confusing name since this variable is used to track
whether 40 MHz channel bandwidth is allowed instead of whether HT is
allowed in general.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-30 12:59:43 +03:00
Eliad Peller
154a1d5f7f hostapd: Fix some compilation errors
If NEED_AP_MLME=y is not defined, compilation might
fail under some configurations:

src/ap/drv_callbacks.c:594:2: warning: implicit declaration of
function ‘hostapd_acs_completed’ [-Wimplicit-function-declaration]

src/ap/sta_info.c:253: undefined reference to `sae_clear_retransmit_timer'

Fix these errors by adding the missing hostapd_acs_completed() stub,
and defining NEED_AP_MLME in case of CONFIG_SAE.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2015-03-29 20:51:14 +03:00
Ben Greear
fc48d33b0d Improve error messages related to EAP DB
Add SQLite error message and DB name to the DB related errors. Add
enough tracing so that users can know exactly where users are failing to
be found.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2015-03-28 13:16:26 +02:00
Ilan Peer
54d3dc9184 AP: Unset HT capabilities for an HT association request without WMM
HT requires QoS/WMM, so unset HT capabilities for a station
whose association request does not include a valid WMM IE.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-03-25 15:02:58 +02:00
Ashok Kumar Ponnaiah
1de071007e atheros: Clear WPS appie during deinit
The WPS IE(s) need to be cleared from the driver explicitly.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-24 15:05:43 +02:00
Manikandan Mohan
857d94225a Extend offloaded ACS QCA vendor command to support VHT
Update ACS driver offload feature for VHT configuration. In addition,
this allows the chanlist parameter to be used to specify which channels
are included as options for the offloaded ACS case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-23 12:18:05 +02:00
Eliad Peller
030a3e12da DFS: Fix range availability check
There's off-by-one in the range availability check - the case of
first_chan_idx + num_chans == num_channels should be allowed (e.g., 0 +
1 == 1, for the case of a single 20 MHz channel).

Signed-off-by: Maital Hahn <maitalm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2015-03-20 15:56:59 +02:00
Eliad Peller
56ef99255c DFS: Consider non-contiguous channels
When looking for a new operating channel, consider the case of
non-contiguous channels when checking all the needed channels (e.g., the
driver might support channels 36, 38, 40, so look for channels 36+40
explicitly, instead of failing when encountering channel 38).

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2015-03-20 15:56:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2c50246078 Add a AP mode event message for possible PSK/passphrase mismatch
If the AP/Authenticator receives an EAPOL-Key msg 2/4 for an association
that negotiated use of PSK and the EAPOL-Key MIC does not match, it is
likely that the station is trying to use incorrect PSK/passphrase.
Report this with "AP-STA-POSSIBLE-PSK-MISMATCH <STA addr>" control
interface event.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-19 13:14:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
39c3bfcde3 Indicate AP-DISABLED on main AP mode deinit path
This event was previously used only when disabling AP mode operation
through hostapd control interface. Make this more consistent by
providing same indication when disabling hostapd interface through the
interface deinit path. This adds the event to the case where a full
hostapd radio instance is removed which also applies for the
wpa_supplicant AP mode operations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-14 10:14:22 +02:00
Ahmad Kholaif
1e2aaffbc8 DFS offload: Indicate AP-CSA-FINISHED for DFS offloaded case
Modify the string for AP-CSA-FINISHED event indication to include a flag
which tells the framework whether the new channel is a DFS channel.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-05 17:22:03 +02:00
Ahmad Kholaif
c13578c339 DFS offload: Add main DFS handler for offloaded case
Add handling logic for DFS offloaded case, and add a helper function
that takes the frequency (MHz) as a param and returns 1 if given channel
requires DFS, or 0 otherwise.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-05 17:21:30 +02:00
Ahmad Kholaif
5de81d7a7a DFS offload: Skip user space processing for CAC operations
If DFS is offloaded to the driver, hostapd should not be performing
these operations. Send the relevant control interface events to provide
information to upper layer software that may use such events to track
DFS/CAC state. This makes the offloaded DFS implementation more
consistent with the DFS-in-hostapd behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-05 16:24:39 +02:00
Rajkumar Manoharan
d988ff76bf hostapd: Disable VHT caps for STAs when no valid VHT MCS found
Disable VHT caps for STAs for which there is not even a single
allowed MCS in any supported number of streams. i.e STA is
advertising 3 (not supported) as VHT MCS rates for all supported
streams.

Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-28 21:00:00 +02:00
Stefan Tomanek
891dfb3336 Add helper function to clear and free wpa_psk list
This change adds the function hostapd_config_clear_wpa_psk() that
deletes an entire wpa_psk structure, making sure to follow the linked
list and to free the allocated memory of each PSK node. This helps to
prevent memory leaks when using PSKs from multiple sources and
reconfiguring the AP during runtime.

Signed-off-by: Stefan Tomanek <stefan.tomanek@wertarbyte.de>
2015-02-21 17:11:15 +02:00
Eliad Peller
0b8bcaa50f P2P: Allow configuring CTWindow when working as GO
Read p2p_go_ctwindow (0-127 TUs) from the config file, and pass it to
the driver on GO start.

Use p2p_go_ctwindow=0 (no CTWindow) by default.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
2015-02-21 16:07:53 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
ada157f3b0 Make hostapd_set_freq_params() common
Now this function can also be used from wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2015-02-21 16:07:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c165cb400c Drop all hostapd STA entries on interface disabled event
If the driver indicates that the interface has been disabled, assume
that all associations have been lost and remove the hostapd STA entries.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-11 10:31:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
eeb1cb28a2 VLAN: Clean up RTM_NEW/DELLINK processing
This uses couple of additional helper macros and prints more debug
information to make the VLAN events easier to analyze.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-11 10:31:12 +02:00
Peter Oh
47e5fbde44 hostapd: Avoid sending client probe on removed client
Sending client probe on already removed client from kernel driver does
not have any benefit and may lead unintended behavior among variable
drivers (mac80211 has a WARN_ON() that could have been triggered after
ifconfig down+up earlier when hostapd did not re-enable beaconing on
ifup). Skip this step in discussion when the kernel driver reports that
client entry is removed.

Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-10 22:21:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
34782730c0 Re-configure WPA2 group keys on hostapd interface re-enable
This allows WPA2 mode AP to be re-enabled automatically after external
ifconfig down + up on a netdev used by hostapd.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-10 20:27:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f33c8606f4 Re-enable beaconing on interface disable+enable
This is a step towards enabling hostapd to restart AP mode functionality
if the interface is disabled and re-enabled, e.g., with ifconfig down
and up. This commit takes care of beaconining only which may be
sufficient for open mode connection, but not for WPA2 cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-10 20:27:00 +02:00
Ilan Peer
c612ae97a4 AP: Do not reply to Probe Request frames with DS Params mismatch
Do not reply to a Probe Request frame with a DSSS Parameter Set element
in which the channel is different than the operating channel of the AP,
as the sending station is not found on the AP's operating channel.

IEEE Std 802.11-2012 describes this as a requirement for an AP with
dot11RadioMeasurementActivated set to true, but strictly speaking does
not allow such ignoring of Probe Request frames if
dot11RadioMeasurementActivated is false. Anyway, this can help reduce
number of unnecessary Probe Response frames for cases where the STA is
less likely to see them (Probe Request frame sent on a neighboring, but
partially overlapping, channel).

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-02-08 22:49:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
99650cadc9 Add STOP_AP control interface command
This is mainly for testing purposes to allow beaconing to be stopped
without clearing AP state in hostapd.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-08 13:35:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4fada1215d Fix HT40 co-ex scanning issue on hostapd error path
If HT40 co-ex scan fails due to the driver rejecting scan triggers
multiple times, it was possible for the ap_ht40_scan_retry() timeout
being left behind and it getting run after hapd->drv_priv has been
cleared. This would result in NULL pointer dereference in
driver_nl80211_scan.c. Fix this by canceling the timeout when disabling
the interface.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-07 15:37:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0d7eb4344f ACS: Accept channel if any (rather than all) survey results are valid
Previously, a channel with even a single scan/survey result missing
information was skipped in ACS. This may not be desirable in cases when
multiple scan iterations are used (which is the case by default in
hostapd). Instead, use all channels that provided at least one complete
set of results. Calculate the average interference factor as an average
of the iterations that did provide complete values.

This seems to help with some cases, e.g., when ath9k may not be able to
report the noise floor for all channels from the first scan iteration
immediately after the driver has been loaded, but then returns it for
all other scan iterations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-06 21:26:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
68fa00c341 ACS: Allow specific channels to be preferred
The new acs_chan_bias configuration parameter is a space-separated list
of <channel>:<bias> pairs. It can be used to increase (or decrease) the
likelihood of a specific channel to be selected by the ACS algorithm.
The total interference factor for each channel gets multiplied by the
specified bias value before finding the channel with the lowest value.
In other words, values between 0.0 and 1.0 can be used to make a channel
more likely to be picked while values larger than 1.0 make the specified
channel less likely to be picked. This can be used, e.g., to prefer the
commonly used 2.4 GHz band channels 1, 6, and 11 (which is the default
behavior on 2.4 GHz band if no acs_chan_bias parameter is specified).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-06 17:59:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6f41a25805 ACS: Use weighted average for 2.4 GHz adjacent channel interference
The interference factors for adjacent 2.4 GHz channels were summed
together without doing any kind of weighted average on them. This
resulted in the channels at the band edges getting undue preference due
to only including interference factors from three channels vs. five for
the channels in the middle of the band.

While it is somewhat unclear whether the design here was supposed to
count overlapping channels together in this way or whether that is
already covered in channel survey results, it is clear that this summing
of three to five values together and then comparing the sum rather than
average of some kind gives too much preference to the channels at the
edges of the band by assuming that there is no interference whatsoever
outside the band.

Use weighted average of the interference factors rather than a sum from
different number of values. For now, the adjacent 2.4 GHz channels get
weight of 0.85 (1.0 for the main channel itself) and the neighboring
channels to those adjacent ones get 0.55 weight. Band-edge channels are
handled in a way that takes average over the channels that were actually
considered instead of assuming zero interference from neighboring bands.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-06 17:21:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d027c7b118 Fix 20/40 MHz co-ex report processing with obss_interval=0
If OBSS scan interval is not set, the AP must not schedule a timeout to
restore 40 MHz operation immediately after having moved to a 20 MHz
channel based on an unsolicited co-ex report. Fix this by scheduling the
timeout only if obss_interval is non-zero.

Since we do not currently support AP doing OBSS scans after the initial
BSS setup, this means practically that 40-to-20 MHz transition is
allowed, but 20-to-40 MHz is not with obss_interval=0. The latter gets
enabled if obss_interval is set to a non-zero value so that associated
STAs can take care of OBSS scanning.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 12:29:37 +02:00
Helmut Schaa
66bc6830d5 hostapd: Simplify vlan_add_dynamic error paths
Preparation for upcoming changes.
No functional changes.

Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
2015-02-01 11:06:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a565e03086 dhcp_snoop: Make IPv4 addresses human readable in debug log
Use standard numbers-and-dots format for IPv4 in debug logs instead
of hexdump in two different byte orders.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-30 18:55:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2dd4f3aede Fix STA re-bind to another VLAN on reauthentication
Previously, the old VLAN ID could have been deleted before the STA was
bound to the new VLAN in case the RADIUS server changed the VLAN ID
during an association. This did not exactly work well with mac80211, so
reorder the operations in a way that first binds the STA to the new VLAN
ID and only after that, removes the old VLAN interface if no STAs remain
in it.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-30 01:09:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1180dd66a9 WPA auth: Disconnect STA if MSK cannot be fetched
Previously, it was possible for some corner cases to leave the WPA
authenticator state machine running if PMK could not be derived. Change
this to forcefully disconnect the STA to get more consistent behavior
and faster notification of the error.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-29 22:31:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
40aaa64f9f WPA auth: Clear temporary MSK storage from stack explicitly
This reduces the duration of time a key may remain unnecessarily in
memory.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-29 22:24:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
01b481aff3 Convert couple of remaining printf to wpa_printf in ap_list
This type of error reporting cases should use wpa_printf() to get
consistent debug logging behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-29 21:12:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5e3b5197cc Add Suite B 192-bit AKM
WPA-EAP-SUITE-B-192 can now be used to select 192-bit level Suite B into
use as the key management method.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-27 01:43:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
98cd3d1c3b Preparations for variable length KCK and KEK
This modifies struct wpa_ptk to allow the length of KCK and KEK to be
stored. This is needed to allow longer keys to be used, e.g., with
Suite B 192-bit level.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-27 01:26:49 +02:00
Ben Greear
400de9b1fe hostapd: Debug messages for dodgy RADIUS servers
These were helpful when tracking down why hostapd did not work
properly with a RADIUS server.

Signed-hostap: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2015-01-23 01:48:27 +02:00
Haim Dreyfuss
b62b0cb78a WNM: Fix possible memory leak by free buf
Buf is allocated and may not be freed on an error path.

Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
2015-01-20 02:14:19 +02:00
Avraham Stern
948d3a8731 hostapd: Remove unused variable from hostapd_get_hw_features
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2015-01-20 02:10:33 +02:00
Eytan Lifshitz
414f23d8b9 Avoid NULL string in printf on EAP method names in authenticator
In ieee802_1x_decapsulate_radius(), eap_server_get_name() may return
NULL, and it could be dereferenced depending on printf implementation.
Change it to return "unknown" instead for the case of no matching EAP
method found. This makes it easier for the callers to simply print this
in logs (which is the only use for this function).

Signed-off-by: Eytan Lifshitz <eytan.lifshitz@intel.com>
2015-01-20 02:07:22 +02:00
Adrien Decostre
1648cc6427 ACS: Allow subset of channels to be configured
Add the possibility to define a subset of channels used by the ACS
engine when not operating on DFS channels.

Signed-off-by: Adrien Decostre <ad.decostre@gmail.com>
2015-01-19 02:35:43 +02:00
Masashi Honma
b9749bac81 AP: Expire STA without entry in kernel
If the inactivity check returns that there is no entry remaining for the
STA in the kernel, drop the STA in hostapd as well.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2015-01-19 02:35:43 +02:00
Masashi Honma
a114c7235a AP: Remove redundant condition for STA expiration
This condition is always true because of surrounding if.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2015-01-19 02:35:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cbc210de09 RADIUS DAS: Allow PMKSA cache entry to be removed without association
This extends Disconnect-Request processing to check against PMKSA cache
entries if no active session (STA association) match the request.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-16 15:55:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4e871ed1c3 RADIUS DAS: Support Acct-Multi-Session-Id as a session identifier
This extends Disconnect-Request support for an additiona session
identification attribute.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-16 13:09:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b52c0d453f Add authMultiSessionId into hostapd STA info
dot1xAuthSessionId was previously used to make Acct-Session-Id available
through the control interface. While there is no IEEE 802.1X MIB
variable for Acct-Multi-Session-Id, it is useful to make this value
available as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-16 13:07:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
861beb7269 RADIUS DAS: Check for single session match for Disconnect-Request
Previously, the first matching STA was picked. That is not really the
design in RFC 5176, so extend this matching code to go through all
specified session identification attributes and verify that all of them
match. In addition, check for a possible case of multiple sessions
matching. If such a case is detected, return with Disconnect-NAK and
Error-Code 508 (multiple session selection not supported).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-16 12:50:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dd5f902584 Get rid of a compiler warning
Commit e7d0e97bdb ('hostapd: Add vendor
specific VHT extension for the 2.4 GHz band') resulted in a compiler
warning regarding comparison between signed and unsigned integers at
least for 32-bit builds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-14 01:38:26 +02:00
Yanbo Li
e7d0e97bdb hostapd: Add vendor specific VHT extension for the 2.4 GHz band
This allows vendor specific information element to be used to advertise
support for VHT on 2.4 GHz band. In practice, this is used to enable use
of 256 QAM rates (VHT-MCS 8 and 9) on 2.4 GHz band.

This functionality is disabled by default, but can be enabled with
vendor_vht=1 parameter in hostapd.conf if the driver advertises support
for VHT on either 2.4 or 5 GHz bands.

Signed-off-by: Yanbo Li <yanbol@qti.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-14 00:59:22 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
a828f626af Make check_40mhz_2g4 common
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
fdd989d17a Make check_20mhz_bss common
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
0e550fe496 Make check_40mhz_5g common
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
6d5d098f77 Make get_pri_sec_chan() common
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
514427437a Introduce common allowed_ht40_channel_pair()
This can be used from hostapd/wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
5f10b7f498 Use common hw_get_freq/hw_get_chan helpers in hostapd
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Bob Copeland
f3b8ad4d78 SAE: Implement retransmission timer
Add the t0 retransmission timer as specified by IEEE Std 802.11-2012,
11.3.8.4. This makes SAE much more likely to succeed in the case of lost
frames.

Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
2015-01-10 17:35:52 +02:00
Bob Copeland
a206e2a175 SAE: Centralize function for sending initial COMMIT
When performing SAE authentication in mesh, one station may
initiate authentication by sending a COMMIT as soon as a peer
candidate is discovered. Previously we did this in mesh_rsn.c,
but this left some of the state initialization in a different
part of the code from the rest of the state machine, and we may
need to add other initializations here in the future, so move
that to a more central function.

Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
2015-01-10 11:43:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
27d9701dea Fix a memory leak on WPA authenticator error path
wpa_auth->group needs to be freed if PMK cache setup fails.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-08 02:34:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c1c07dcb70 Fix hostapd interface addition error path
The local conf pointer needs to be cleared once it gets assigned to
hapd_iface to avoid double-free of the configuration data on error path.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-08 02:34:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e10422c025 Fix memory leak on hostapd BSS addition error path
The per-BSS configuration information needs to be freed if hostapd fails
to add a new interface for a BSS added with "ADD bss_config=..."
command.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-06 18:30:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2801659268 Fix hostapd initialization error path on allocation failure
If hostapd_alloc_bss_data() failed to allocate the struct hostapd_data
instance, dynamic interface addition path ended up trying to dereference
freed memory due to incorrect cleanup steps. Fix this by decrementing
the interface count when the newly added interface is removed. In
addition, make the setup more robust by clearing all changes within
hostapd_data_alloc() if any of the allocations fails.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-06 18:30:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4e8f31e2ef doc: Extend driver.h documentation
This documents some more parts of the driver wrapper interface.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-03 18:24:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8509fb5cce D-Bus: Fix memory leak on P2P GO WPSVendorExtensions
It was possible to add WPS vendor extensions through the D-Bus
WPSVendorExtensions setter, but these extensions were not freed when the
P2P GO was stopped or when replacing previously configured extensions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-30 22:22:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
eae3df7ee4 P2P: Fix memory leak on GO startup failure path
Some of the struct hostapd_data variables get initialized with allocated
memory in the P2P GO case even before hapd->started has been set to 1.
As such, hostapd_free_hapd_data() needs to free these even if
!hapd->stated.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-25 16:37:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3a322496f9 mesh: Delay Authentication frame process with no_auto_peer
There is a possible race condition between receiving the
NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE event and the Authentication frame from the peer.
Previously, if the Authentication frame RX event was indicated first,
that frame got dropped silently. Now, this frame is still dropped, but a
copy of it is stored and the frame gets processed on the following
NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE event if that is received for the same peer within
two seconds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-23 13:44:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0acc2c809d HT: More robust 20/40 coex Action frame parsing
Commit 587d60d2b7 ('Add AP mode support
for HT 20/40 co-ex Action frame') added processing of co-ex report, but
did not include proper bounds checking or IE type checking for the
payload. Furthermore, this was not ready for the possible extensibility
of the 20/40 BSS Coexistence element.

Fix these by checking IE ids for both elements and doing more
apprioriate bounds checking for the element lengths to avoid potentially
reading beyond the frame buffer. Though, the event receive buffer in
both libnl and driver_nl80211_monitor.c is sufficiently large to make it
very unlikely that the maximum read of about 260 bytes beyond the end of
the Action frame would really have any chances of hitting the end of the
memory buffer, so the practical effect of missing bounds checking would
have been possibly accepting an invalid report frame and moving to 20
MHz channel unnecessarily.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-22 21:54:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2a32ad66da HT: Fix 20/40 coex Action frame parsing
Commit 5ce3ae4c8f tried to clean up
fetching a pointer to the action code field, but it forgot to add
IEEE80211_HDRLEN to the pointer. This resulted in the coex report
elements being read from too early in the frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-22 20:41:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
13a3a20dfe Fix wpa_key_mgmt and wpa_pairwise configuration for non-WPA
These hostapd configuration parameter was left at the default values
(WPA-PSK/TKIP) even for cases where WPA was disabled. While these
parameters are not really used much in non-WPA cases, they do get used
for one corner case in nl80211 configuration to disable encryption of
EAPOL frames in IEEE 802.1X WEP case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-20 18:44:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
afa2ffb413 SAE: Check Status Code in Authentication frames
While other authentication algorithms mark Status Code as being Reserved
in the case of the transaction number 1, SAE does not. Check that the
Status Code indicates success before creating SAE state. In addition,
fix the mesh anti-clogging token request parsing on big endian CPUs.

Transaction number 2 (confirm) can also have non-zero Status Code to
report an error. Those should be processed, but not replied to with yet
another error message. This could happen in mesh case. Avoid a loop of
error messages by dropping the non-success case without additional
response.

In addition, don't reply to unknown transaction numbers if the status
code is non-zero. This avoids a loop of error messages if an invalid
frame where to be injected (or unlikely corruption were to occur).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-15 00:06:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bd0b620371 SAE: Add sae_group to AP/mesh mode STA ctrl_iface data
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-14 20:14:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9ae52e7034 Clean up VHT configuration validation
There is no need to use runtime call to find_first_bit() to determine
shift amount for a constant integer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-14 19:00:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2c6411edd0 ERP: Add ERP_FLUSH for hostapd
This can be used to drop any pending ERP key from both the internal AP
authentication server and RADIUS server use of hostapd.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-14 15:47:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0629eeb490 RRM: Add AP mode minimal advertisement support for testing
The new hostapd.conf radio_measurements parameter can now be used to
configure a test build to advertise support for radio measurements with
neighbor report enabled. There is no real functionality that would
actually process the request, i.e., this only for the purpose of minimal
STA side testing for now.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-12 20:45:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
774d414513 Fix AP IE in EAPOL-Key 3/4 for WPA + FT combination
Previously, only WPA + WPA2 was covered. If FT is enabled in addition to
WPA, MDIE is included in the buffer between RSN and WPA elements. The
previous version ended up leaving only the MDIE after having skipped RSN
element. Fix this to skip MDIE as well to leave only WPA IE regardless
of whether FT is enabled in AP configuration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-12-12 14:03:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
aaadd72733 Check os_snprintf() result more consistently - more checks
Add more os_snprintf() result validation checks.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d85e1fc8a5 Check os_snprintf() result more consistently - automatic 1
This converts os_snprintf() result validation cases to use
os_snprintf_error() where the exact rule used in os_snprintf_error() was
used. These changes were done automatically with spatch using the
following semantic patch:

@@
identifier E1;
expression E2,E3,E4,E5,E6;
statement S1;
@@

(
  E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
|
  int E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
|
  if (E5)
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  else
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
|
  if (E5)
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  else if (E6)
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  else
	E1 = 0;
|
  if (E5) {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  } else {
	...
	return -1;
  }
|
  if (E5) {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  } else if (E6) {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  } else {
	...
	return -1;
  }
|
  if (E5) {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  } else {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  }
)
? os_free(E4);
- if (E1 < 0 || \( E1 >= E3 \| (size_t) E1 >= E3 \| (unsigned int) E1 >= E3 \| E1 >= (int) E3 \))
+ if (os_snprintf_error(E3, E1))
(
  S1
|
{ ... }
)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a80ba67a26 Check os_snprintf() result more consistently - success case
This converts os_snprintf() result validation cases to use
os_snprintf_error() in cases where success condition was used to execute
a step. These changes were done automatically with spatch using the
following semantic patch:

@@
expression E1,E2,E3;
statement S1;
@@

  E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
- if (\( E1 >= 0 \| E1 > 0 \) && \( (size_t) E1 < E3 \| E1 < (int) E3 \| E1 < E3 \))
+ if (!os_snprintf_error(E3, E1))
  S1

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
faebdeaa9e Use os_calloc() instead of os_zalloc()
Automatic changes with spatch using the following semantic patch:

@@
constant C;
type T;
@@

- os_zalloc(C*sizeof(T))
+ os_calloc(C,sizeof(T))

@@
expression E;
type T;
@@

- os_zalloc((E)*sizeof(T))
+ os_calloc(E,sizeof(T))

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
80d5a3db9a WPS: Start EAPOL immediately even without WPA on WPS association
Previously, the immediate EAPOL authenticator startup was scheduled
without having received EAPOL-Start only for the case where WPA/WPA2 was
enabled. This can be extended to speed up non-WPA/WPA2 cases as well if
the STA includes WPS IE in Association Request frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
71f1d1e54d hostapd: Fix memory leak on dynamic add-BSS error path
If "ADD bss_config=" command failed in driver_init() or
hostapd_setup_interface(), some of the allocated resources were not
freed properly.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 17:42:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
369d07afc1 FT: Make aes_wrap() call easier to analyze
Using aes_wrap() to initialize a data structure seemed to be too much
for some static analyzers to understand. Make it obvious that the target
is not just the single struct member. (CID 68111)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 12:16:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7696760388 FT: Make aes_unwrap() calls easier to analyze
Using aes_unwrap() to initialize a data structure seemed to be too much
for some static analyzers to understand. Make it obvious that the target
is initialized and that the target is not just the single struct member.
In addition, clean up the design to avoid removal of const with a
typecast. (CID 68112, CID 68134, CID 68135, CID 68136)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 12:16:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5085ffb8f8 hostapd: Fix HT40 determination for ACS offload
Commit 16689c7cfc ('hostapd: Allow ACS to
be offloaded to the driver') used incorrect operator to determine
whether HT40 was configured. Fix that to mask the ht_capab bit
correctly. (CID 77286)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-05 01:08:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d3bddd8b84 ERP: Add support for ERP on EAP server and authenticator
Derive rRK and rIK on EAP server if ERP is enabled and use these keys to
allow EAP re-authentication to be used and to derive rMSK.

The new hostapd configuration parameter eap_server_erp=1 can now be used
to configure the integrated EAP server to derive EMSK, rRK, and rIK at
the successful completion of an EAP authentication method. This
functionality is not included in the default build and can be enabled
with CONFIG_ERP=y.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-04 12:16:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2a5156a66c ERP: Add optional EAP-Initiate/Re-auth-Start transmission
hostapd can now be configured to transmit EAP-Initiate/Re-auth-Start
before EAP-Request/Identity to try to initiate ERP. This is disabled by
default and can be enabled with erp_send_reauth_start=1 and optional
erp_reauth_start_domain=<domain>.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-04 12:08:56 +02:00
Peng Xu
16689c7cfc hostapd: Allow ACS to be offloaded to the driver
Using QCA vendor command, allow ACS function to be offloaded to the
driver. Once channels are selected, hostapd is notified to perform OBSS
operation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-12-03 22:31:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
631739b361 Clear WLAN_STA_ASSOC_REQ_OK on AP-initiated deauthentication
This flag was left in the STA entry for the short duration after the STA
gets deauthenticated. If the STA sends a Class 2 or 3 frame during that
short time, the AP would not have replied with Deauthentication frame
indicating no association is present.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-29 13:31:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0ecff8d7c3 Add hostapd driver_params config parameter
This is mainly for development testing purposes to allow driver_nl80211
behavior to be modified.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-29 13:24:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ebd557288c Remove forgotten driver_test.c variables
hostapd was still providing couple of parameters that were used only in
the already removed driver_test.c framework.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-29 12:49:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bcb132e185 proxyarp: Validate IPv4 header total length value in dhcp_snoop
This field needs to be validated in addition to validating the total
length of the received frame to avoid reading beyond the frame buffer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-28 22:41:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8c5043b42c proxyarp: Relax frame length limit for RA and NA
Only the NS frames should be checked to be long enough to cover all the
fields used in the NS data structure. This allows shorter RA and NA
frames to be processed for multicast-to-unicast rules.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-28 22:37:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ef3ea80c68 proxyarp: Fix x_snoop multicast-to-unicast debug print
l2_packet_send() returns >= 0 on success, i.e., non-zero value does not
mean failure. Fix this debug print to show up only on negative return
values.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-28 22:37:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
89052e9952 proxyarp: Add debug log entry on multicast-to-unicast conversion
This makes it easier to debug operations. The debug message is marked
EXCESSIVE, though, to avoid filling the logs with too much information
in default debugging cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-28 22:37:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
df131d4597 proxyarp: Try multicast-to-unicast conversion only for authorized STAs
There is no point in trying to send the unicast converted version to a
STA that is not in authorized state since the driver would be expected
to drop normal TX Data frames in such state.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-28 22:36:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a6b4ee217a proxyarp: Print learned IPv6 address in debug log
This makes it easier to debug issues related to IPv6 address snooping.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-26 01:09:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a7fb5ea463 proxyarp: Fix DHCP and ND message structures
These need to be marked packed to avoid issues with compilers
potentially adding padding between the fields (e.g., gcc on 64-bit
seemed to make struct icmpv6_ndmsg two octets too long which broke IPv6
address discovery).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-26 01:09:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a437378f98 proxyarp: Use C library header files and CONFIG_IPV6
This replaces the use of Linux kernel header files (linux/ip.h,
linux/udp.h, linux/ipv6.h, and linux/icmpv6.h) with equivalent header
files from C library. In addition, ndisc_snoop.c is now built
conditionally on CONFIG_IPV6=y so that it is easier to handle hostapd
builds with toolchains that do not support IPv6 even if Hotspot 2.0 is
enabled in the build.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-25 16:58:21 +02:00
Masashi Honma
a959a3b69d SAE: Fix Anti-Clogging Token request frame format
This commit inserts Finite Cyclic Group to Anti-Clogging Token request
frame because IEEE Std 802.11-2012, Table 8-29 says "Finite Cyclic Group
is present if Status is zero or 76".

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-11-25 16:08:53 +02:00
Masashi Honma
872b754512 mesh: Fix SAE anti-clogging functionality for mesh
The mesh anti-clogging functionality is implemented partially. This
patch fixes to parse anti-clogging request frame and use anti-clogging
token.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-11-25 15:33:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5c6787a6ca PeerKey: Clean up EAPOL-Key Key Data processing on AP
This extends the earlier PeerKey station side design to be used on the
AP side as well by passing pointer and already validated length from the
caller rather than parsing the length again from the frame buffer. This
avoids false warnings from static analyzer (CID 62870, CID 62871,
CID 62872).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-23 21:03:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5351480047 Add BSS-TM-RESP ctrl_iface event
This event allows external monitors to track STA response to BSS
Transition Management Request.

BSS-TM-RESP <STA addr> status_code=<#> bss_termination_delay=<#>
[target_bssid=<BSSID>]

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-22 16:34:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a30dff07fb Add BSS_TM_REQ command to send BSS Transition Management Request
hostapd control interface can now be used to request transmission of a
BSS Transition Management Request frame to a specified station.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-22 16:34:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f23c5b17e1 AP: Extend EAPOL-Key msg 1/4 retry workaround for changing SNonce
If the 4-way handshake ends up having to retransmit the EAPOL-Key
message 1/4 due to a timeout on waiting for the response, it is possible
for the Supplicant to change SNonce between the first and second
EAPOL-Key message 2/4. This is not really desirable due to extra
complexities it causes on the Authenticator side, but some deployed
stations are doing this.

This message sequence looks like this:
AP->STA: EAPOL-Key 1/4 (replay counter 1, ANonce)
AP->STA: EAPOL-Key 1/4 (replay counter 2, ANonce)
STA->AP: EAPOL-Key 2/4 (replay counter 1, SNonce 1)
AP->STA: EAPOL-Key 3/4 (replay counter 3, ANonce)
STA->AP: EAPOL-Key 2/4 (replay counter 2, SNonce 2)
followed by either:
STA->AP: EAPOL-Key 4/4 (replay counter 3 using PTK from SNonce 1)
or:
AP->STA: EAPOL-Key 3/4 (replay counter 4, ANonce)
STA->AP: EAPOL-Key 4/4 (replay counter 4, using PTK from SNonce 2)

Previously, Authenticator implementation was able to handle the cases
where SNonce 1 and SNonce 2 were identifical (i.e., Supplicant did not
update SNonce which is the wpa_supplicant behavior) and where PTK
derived using SNonce 2 was used in EAPOL-Key 4/4. However, the case of
using PTK from SNonce 1 was rejected ("WPA: received EAPOL-Key 4/4
Pairwise with unexpected replay counter" since EAPOL-Key 3/4 TX and
following second EAPOL-Key 2/4 invalidated the Replay Counter that was
used previously with the first SNonce).

This commit extends the AP/Authenticator workaround to keep both SNonce
values in memory if two EAPOL-Key 2/4 messages are received with
different SNonce values. The following EAPOL-Key 4/4 message is then
accepted whether the MIC has been calculated with the latest SNonce (the
previously existing behavior) or with the earlier SNonce (the new
extension). This makes 4-way handshake more robust with stations that
update SNonce for each transmitted EAPOL-Key 2/4 message in cases where
EAPOL-Key message 1/4 needs to be retransmitted.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-21 17:02:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
db099951cb Print EAPOL-Key Replay Counter in Authenticator debug log
This makes it easier to debug issues relared to EAPOL-Key
retransmissions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-21 15:35:19 +02:00
Kyeyoon Park
47261405d7 AP: Add support for multicast-to-unicast conversion for DGAF Disable
When DGAF Disable is on, perform multicast-to-unicast for DHCP packets
and Router Advertisement packets. This is a requirement for Hotspot 2.0.

Signed-off-by: Kyeyoon Park <kyeyoonp@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-19 16:47:06 +02:00
Kyeyoon Park
bd00c4311c AP: Add Neighbor Discovery snooping mechanism for Proxy ARP
This commit establishes the infrastructure, and handles the Neighbor
Solicitation and Neighbor Advertisement frames. This will be extended
in the future to handle other frames.

Signed-off-by: Kyeyoon Park <kyeyoonp@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-19 16:47:06 +02:00
Kyeyoon Park
5c58944d08 AP: Add multicast-to-unicast conversion send for "x_snoop"
Multicast-to-unicast conversion send will be needed in various part of
Proxy ARP and DGAF Disable.

Signed-off-by: Kyeyoon Park <kyeyoonp@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-19 16:25:13 +02:00
Kyeyoon Park
ed4ddb6d77 AP: Extend the BSS bridge neighbor entry management to support IPv6
This allows adding/deleting an IPv6 neighbor entry to/from the bridge,
to which the BSS belongs. This commit adds the needed functionality in
driver_nl80211.c for the Linux bridge implementation. In theory, this
could be shared with multiple Linux driver interfaces, but for now, only
the main nl80211 interface is supported.

Signed-off-by: Kyeyoon Park <kyeyoonp@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-19 16:23:38 +02:00
Kyeyoon Park
1d783762cf AP: Convert "dhcp_snoop" to use the generic "x_snoop"
Signed-off-by: Kyeyoon Park <kyeyoonp@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-19 16:14:15 +02:00
Kyeyoon Park
c127355cb8 AP: Add a generic "x_snoop" infrastructure for Proxy ARP
Signed-off-by: Kyeyoon Park <kyeyoonp@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-19 16:14:02 +02:00
Ilan Peer
38cb0a2db6 AP: Drop retransmitted auth/assoc/action frames
It is possible that a station device might miss an ACK for an
authentication, association, or action frame, and thus retransmit the
same frame although the frame is already being processed in the stack.
While the duplicated frame should really be dropped in the kernel or
firmware code where duplicate detection is implemented for data frames,
it is possible that pre-association cases are not fully addressed (which
is the case at least with mac80211 today) and the frame may be delivered
to upper layer stack.

In such a case, the local AP will process the retransmitted frame although
it has already handled the request, which might cause the station to get
confused and as a result disconnect from the AP, blacklist it, etc.

To avoid such a case, save the sequence control of the last processed
management frame and in case of retransmissions drop them.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-11-19 15:20:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
afbe57d981 DFS: Fix hostapd operation without hw_mode driver data
If DFS implementation was built in, some configurations with drivers
that do not provide mode information could end up dereferencing a NULL
pointer. Fix this by skipping DFS operations in such cases since not
having information about modes and channels means that hostapd could not
perform DFS anyway (i.e., either this is not a wireless driver or the
driver takes care of DFS internally).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-17 01:14:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e9b783d58c Fix hostapd operation without hw_mode driver data
Commit 7f0303d5b0 ('hostapd: Verify VHT
160/80+80 MHz driver support') added couple of hapd->iface->current_mode
dereferences of which the one in hostapd_set_freq() can be hit with some
configuration files when using driver wrappers that do not have hw_mode
data, i.e., when current_mode is NULL. This could result in segmentation
fault when trying to use driver=wired. Fix this by checking that
current_mode is not NULL before dereferencing it to get vht_capab.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-17 01:08:04 +02:00
Masashi Honma
e609679984 mesh: Make plink params configurable
This patch makes four MIB variables for plink configurable and sets the
correct default values based on IEEE Std 802.11s-2011.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-11-16 19:43:11 +02:00
Chun-Yeow Yeoh
c596f3f083 mesh: Add timer for SAE authentication in RSN mesh
Add timer to do SAE re-authentication with number of tries defined
by MESH_AUTH_RETRY and timeout defined by MESH_AUTH_TIMEOUT.

Ignoring the sending of reply message on "SAE confirm before commit"
to avoid "ping-pong" issues with other mesh nodes. This is obvious when
number of mesh nodes in MBSS reaching 6.

Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
2014-11-16 19:43:11 +02:00
Bob Copeland
c50d94f1f8 mesh: Start mesh peering after successful authentication
[original patch by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@noack.us>]
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
2014-11-16 19:43:11 +02:00
Bob Copeland
e96da42b0e SAE: Enhance AP implementation to handle auth for mesh interfaces
Add state transition logic to the SAE frame handling in order to more
fully implement the state machine from the IEEE 802.11 standard. Special
cases are needed for infrastructure BSS case to avoid unexpected
Authentication frame sequence by postponing transmission of the second
Authentication frame untile the STA sends its Confirm.

[original patch by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@noack.us>]
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
2014-11-16 19:43:11 +02:00
Thomas Pedersen
0f950df029 mesh: Add mesh robust security network
This implementation provides:

- Mesh SAE authentication mechanism
- Key management (set/get PSK)
- Cryptographic key establishment
- Enhanced protection mechanisms for robust management frames

Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@noack.us>
2014-11-16 19:43:06 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
88cb27c7a5 hostapd: Add wowlan_triggers config param
New kernels in wiphy_suspend() will call cfg80211_leave_all() that will
eventually end up in cfg80211_stop_ap() unless wowlan_triggers were set.
For now, use the parameters from the station mode as-is. It may be
desirable to extend (or constraint) this in the future for specific AP
mode needs.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-11-16 17:09:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
929a2ea5df Suite B: Select EAPOL-Key integrity and key-wrap algorithms based on AKM
This adds support for AKM 00-0F-AC:11 to specify the integrity and
key-wrap algorithms for EAPOL-Key frames using the new design where
descriptor version is set to 0 and algorithms are determined based on
AKM.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-16 17:09:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
087a1f4efd Suite B: PMKID derivation for AKM 00-0F-AC:11
The new AKM uses a different mechanism of deriving the PMKID based on
KCK instead of PMK. hostapd was already doing this after the KCK had
been derived, but wpa_supplicant functionality needs to be moved from
processing of EAPOL-Key frame 1/4 to 3/4 to have the KCK available.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-16 17:09:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
666497c8e6 Suite B: Add AKM 00-0F-AC:11
This adds definitions for the 128-bit level Suite B AKM 00-0F-AC:11. The
functionality itself is not yet complete, i.e., this commit only
includes parts to negotiate the new AKM.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-16 13:20:51 +02:00
Yanbo Li
e3a8ad4405 hostapd: Change drv_flags from unsigned int to u64
Some flag already using a bit larger than 32, so extend the hostapd
drv_flags type similarly to the earlier wpa_supplicant change to get the
full flag content.

Signed-off-by: Yanbo Li <yanbol@qti.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-14 12:55:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0f812c993b Remove unused EVENT_FT_RRB_RX
This was used in hostapd driver_test.c, but that driver wrapper has been
removed and there are no remaining or expected users for
EVENT_FT_RRB_RX.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-01 19:27:48 +02:00
Kyeyoon Park
7d597d4617 AP: Add support for Proxy ARP, DHCP snooping mechanism
Proxy ARP allows the AP devices to keep track of the hardware address to
IP address mapping of the STA devices within the BSS. When a request for
such information is made (i.e., ARP request, Neighbor Solicitation), the
AP will respond on behalf of the STA device within the BSS. Such
requests could originate from a device within the BSS or also from the
bridge. In the process of the AP replying to the request (i.e., ARP
reply, Neighbor Advertisement), the AP will drop the original request
frame. The relevant STA will not even know that such information was
ever requested.

This feature is a requirement for Hotspot 2.0, and is defined in IEEE
Std 802.11-2012, 10.23.13. While the Proxy ARP support code mainly
resides in the kernel bridge code, in order to optimize the performance
and simplify kernel implementation, the DHCP snooping code was added to
the hostapd.

Signed-off-by: Kyeyoon Park <kyeyoonp@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-28 01:08:29 +02:00
Kyeyoon Park
7565752d47 AP: Add support for setting bridge network parameter
This allows setting a network parameter on the bridge that the BSS
belongs to.

This commit adds the needed functionality in driver_nl80211.c for the
Linux bridge implementation. In theory, this could be shared with
multiple Linux driver interfaces, but for now, only the main nl80211
interface is supported.

Signed-off-by: Kyeyoon Park <kyeyoonp@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-28 01:08:29 +02:00
Kyeyoon Park
73d2294fbe AP: Add support for setting bridge port attributes
This allows setting a bridge port attribute. Specifically, the bridge
port in this context is the port to which the BSS belongs.

This commit adds the needed functionality in driver_nl80211.c for the
Linux bridge implementation. In theory, this could be shared with
multiple Linux driver interfaces, but for now, only the main nl80211
interface is supported.

Signed-off-by: Kyeyoon Park <kyeyoonp@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-28 01:08:29 +02:00
Kyeyoon Park
71103bed42 AP: Add support for IPv4 neighbor entry management to the BSS bridge
This allows adding/deleting an IPv4 neighbor entry to/from the bridge,
to which the BSS belongs. This commit adds the needed functionality in
driver_nl80211.c for the Linux bridge implementation. In theory, this
could be shared with multiple Linux driver interfaces, but for now, only
the main nl80211 interface is supported.

Signed-off-by: Kyeyoon Park <kyeyoonp@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-28 01:08:29 +02:00
Ahmad Masri
d77419d234 P2P: Support GCMP as part of 60 GHz support
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-27 17:15:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2f06bcb361 Write human readable version of channel width to CSA event debug log
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-26 11:36:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ab93fdebf1 hostapd: Add INTERFACE-ENABLED and INTERFACE-DISABLED events
These can be convenient for upper layer programs to determine if the
hostapd interface gets disabled/re-enabled, e.g., due to rfkill
block/unblock.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-26 10:52:54 +02:00
Ilan Peer
0a44358055 wpa_supplicant: Use the 'no_ir' notation
Use the 'no_ir' notation instead of the 'passive scan' and
'no_ibss' notations to match the earlier change in nl80211.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-10-26 01:23:43 +03:00
Javier Lopez
01e2231fdc hostapd: Skip some configuration steps for mesh cases
Modify hostapd.c logic to add checks for valid mconf data structure:

- For hostapd_setup_bss we don't need to flush old stations in case
  we're rejoining a mesh network.

- In hostapd_setup_interface_complete, we don't need to setup the
  interface until we join the mesh (same reasoning for
  hostapd_tx_queue_params).

Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
2014-10-25 17:45:36 +03:00
Bob Copeland
f3e9899e02 mesh: Accept Action frames without BSSID match
[original patch by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@noack.us>]
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
2014-10-25 17:45:35 +03:00
Bob Copeland
5f92659d88 mesh: Add mesh peering manager
The mesh peering manager establishes and maintains links among
mesh peers, tracking each peer link via a finite state machine.

This implementation supports open mesh peerings.

[assorted fixes from Yu Niiro <yu.niiro@gmail.com>]
[more fixes from Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>]
Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok.dragon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-hostap: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
2014-10-25 17:45:31 +03:00
Thomas Pedersen
8319e3120d mesh: Add mesh mode routines
Add routines to (de)initialize mesh interface data structures and
join and leave mesh networks.

Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@noack.us>
2014-10-25 17:43:20 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5de748187e Fix channel switch to disable VHT with HT
If both HT and VHT was enabled on AP and channel switch event from the
driver indicated that HT was disabled, VHT was left enabled. This
resulted in the following channel configuration failing. Fix this by
disabling VHT if HT gets disabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-25 11:27:48 +03:00
Eliad Peller
8f461b50cf HT: Pass the smps_mode in AP parameters
The driver needs to know what SMPS mode it should use.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2014-10-24 01:27:31 +03:00
Eliad Peller
04ee647d58 HT: Let the driver advertise its supported SMPS modes for AP mode
Add smps_modes field, and let the driver fill it with its supported SMPS
modes (static/dynamic). This will let us start an AP with specific SMPS
mode (e.g., dynamic) that will allow it to reduce its power usage.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2014-10-24 01:25:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a6b1215769 GAS: Do not reply to P2P SD query from generic GAS/ANQP server
This avoids an issue where a wpa_supplicant build with CONFIG_P2P=y and
CONFIG_HS20=y ended up processing a P2P SD query twice when operating as
a GO and sending out two replies. Only the P2P SD implementation should
reply to P2P SD query in such a case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-22 19:21:42 +03:00
Kyeyoon Park
ec8f36afca AP: Add support for BSS load element (STA Count, Channel Utilization)
The new "bss_load_update_period" parameter can be used to configure
hostapd to advertise its BSS Load element in Beacon and Probe Response
frames. This parameter is in the units of BUs (Beacon Units).

When enabled, the STA Count and the Channel Utilization value will be
updated periodically in the BSS Load element. The AAC is set to 0 sinze
explicit admission control is not supported. Channel Utilization is
calculated based on the channel survey information from the driver and
as such, requires a driver that supports providing that information for
the current operating channel.

Signed-off-by: Kyeyoon Park <kyeyoonp@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-21 23:25:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4a6cc86272 Add data test functionality
It is now possible to run hwsim_test like data connectivity test through
wpa_supplicant/hostapd control interface if CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y is
used for the build. Test functionality is enabled/disabled at runtime
with "DATA_TEST_CONFIG <1/0>". The "DATA_TEST_TX <dst> <src> <tos>"
command can be used to request a test frame to be transmitted.
"DATA-TEST-RX <dst> <src>" event is generated when the test frame is
received.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-19 20:51:45 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
d66873f5cf Do not start CSA flow when CSA is not supported by the driver
Signed-hostap: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2014-10-19 15:39:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f299117093 SAE: Add support for PMKSA caching on the AP side
This makes hostapd create PMKSA cache entries from SAE authentication
and allow PMKSA caching to be used with the SAE AKM.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-18 13:00:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fcc306e3cc Add Acct-Multi-Session-Id into RADIUS Accounting messages
This allows multiple sessions using the same PMKSA cache entry to be
combined more easily at the server side. Acct-Session-Id is still a
unique identifier for each association, while Acct-Multi-Session-Id will
maintain its value for all associations that use the same PMKSA.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-18 10:38:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
aff039fada Remove duplicated Acct-Session-Id from Accounting-Request
Commit 8b24861154 ('Add Acct-Session-Id
into Access-Request messages') added Acct-Session-Id building into the
helper function shared between authentication and accounting messages.
However, it forgot to remove the same code from the generation of
accounting messages and as such, ended up with Accounting-Request
messages containing two copies of this attribute. Fix this by removing
the addition of this attribute from the accounting specific function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-18 10:35:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f8995f8f1c hostapd: Allow OpenSSL cipherlist string to be configured
The new openssl_cipher configuration parameter can be used to select
which TLS cipher suites are enabled when hostapd is used as an EAP
server with OpenSSL as the TLS library.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-12 11:52:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7c0e5b58f9 DFS: Check os_get_random() result
This use does not really need a strong random number, so fall back to
os_random() if a theoretical error case occurs. (CID 72682)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-11 19:43:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
24661bbadc AP: Check os_get_random() return value more consistently
While this specific case does not really care what value is used, the
the theoretical error case can be handled more consistently. (CID 72684)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-11 19:43:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4aa01d38f5 IAPP: Avoid warnings on unused write
The hlen and len variables are identical here, but only the hlen was
used in the end. Change this to use the len variable to avoid
unnecessary static analyzer warnings about unused writes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-11 18:03:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e41e4f9ee3 Simplify memory allocation/freeing for static analyzers
It looks like the use of sm->wpa == WPA_VERSION_WPA2 in two locations
within the function was a bit too much for clang static analyzer to
understand. Use a separate variable for storing the allocated memory so
that it can be freed unconditionally. The kde variable can point to
either stack memory or temporary allocation, but that is now const
pointer to make the design clearer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-11 17:29:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9d4ff04af3 Add external EAPOL transmission option for testing purposes
The new ext_eapol_frame_io parameter can be used to configure hostapd
and wpa_supplicant to use control interface for receiving and
transmitting EAPOL frames. This makes it easier to implement automated
test cases for protocol testing. This functionality is included only in
CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y builds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-10 18:40:57 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
61fc90483f P2P: Handle improper WPS termination on GO during group formation
A P2P Client may be able to connect to the GO even if the WPS
provisioning step has not terminated cleanly (e.g., P2P Client does not
send WSC_Done). Such group formation attempt missed the event
notification about started group on the GO and also did not set the
internal state corresponding to the successful group formation.

This commit addresses the missing part by completing GO side group
formation on a successful first data connection if WPS does not complete
cleanly. Also, this commit reorders the STA authorization indications to
ensure that the group formation success notification is given prior to
the first STA connection to handle such scenarios.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-10 18:40:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4a274f487a DFS: Allow 80+80 MHz be configured for VHT
This allows cases where neither 80 MHz segment requires DFS to be
configured. DFS CAC operation itself does not yet support 80+80, though,
so if either segment requires DFS, the AP cannot be brought up.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-09 14:25:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
eefec1e40b AES: Extend key wrap design to support longer AES keys
This adds kek_len argument to aes_wrap() and aes_unwrap() functions and
allows AES to be initialized with 192 and 256 bit KEK in addition to
the previously supported 128 bit KEK.

The test vectors in test-aes.c are extended to cover all the test
vectors from RFC 3394.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-07 14:57:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a61fcc131a Clean up authenticator PMKSA cache implementation
This makes the implementation somewhat easier to understand.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-04 23:01:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cb129db34c Clear PMKSA cache entry data when freeing them
Avoid leaving the PMK information unnecessarily in memory.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-04 23:01:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8c8d26aada Remove unnecessary PMKSA cache freeing step
_pmksa_cache_free_entry() is a static function that is never called with
entry == NULL, so there is no need to check for that.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-04 23:01:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9c829900bb Fix authenticator OKC fetch from PMKSA cache to avoid infinite loop
If the first entry in the PMKSA cache did not match the station's MAC
address, an infinite loop could be reached in pmksa_cache_get_okc() when
trying to find a PMKSA cache entry for opportunistic key caching cases.
This would only happen if OKC is enabled (okc=1 included in the
configuration file).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-04 23:01:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
47ea24c13d Fix PMKSA cache timeout from Session-Timeout in WPA/WPA2 cases
Previously, WPA/WPA2 case ended up using the hardcoded
dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime (43200 seconds) for PMKSA cache entries
instead of using the Session-Timeout value from the RADIUS server (if
included in Access-Accept). Store a copy of the Session-Timeout value
and use it instead of the default value so that WPA/WPA2 cases get the
proper timeout similarly to non-WPA/WPA2 cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-04 23:01:08 +03:00
Kyeyoon Park
39323bc16a AP: hostapd_setup_bss() code clean-up
Signed-off-by: Kyeyoon Park <kyeyoonp@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-09-29 13:10:13 +03:00
Philippe De Swert
375f4a3b5a hostapd: Avoid dead code with P2P not enabled
In case P2P is not enabled the if (dev_addr) is always ignored as
dev_addr will be NULL. As this code is relevant only to P2P, it can be
moved to be the ifdef to avoid static analyzer warnings. (CID 72907)

Signed-off-by: Philippe De Swert <philippe.deswert@jollamobile.com>
2014-09-28 20:47:06 +03:00
Stefan Lippers-Hollmann
8c6f4a5a50 ap_config.c: fix typo for "capabilities"
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
2014-09-28 11:03:48 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
c53a9bf818 Check for driver's DFS offload capability before handling DFS
This fixes couple of code paths where the WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_DFS_OFFLOAD
flag was not checked properly and unexpected DFS operations were
initiated (and failed) in case the driver handles all these steps.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-09-22 16:50:28 +03:00
Darshan Paranji Sri
e4474c1c20 FT: Fix hostapd with driver-based SME to authorize the STA
The driver-based SME case did not set STA flags properly to the kernel
in the way that hostapd-SME did in ieee802_11.c. This resulted in the FT
protocol case not marking the STA entry authorized. Fix that by handling
the special WLAN_AUTH_FT case in hostapd_notif_assoc() and also add the
forgotten hostapd_set_sta_flags() call to synchronize these flag to the
driver.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-09-12 18:46:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
04a258e7c5 hostapd: Check that EVENT_ASSOC data is present before using it
While hostapd should not really receive the EVENT_ASSOC message for
IBSS, driver_nl80211.c could potentially generate that if something
external forces the interface into IBSS mode and the IBSS case does not
provide the struct assoc_info data. Avoid the potential NULL pointer
dereference by explicitly verifying for the event data to be present.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-08-26 17:23:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6c460eaf7e Add RSN cipher/AKM suite attributes into RADIUS messages
This adds hostapd support for the new WLAN-Pairwise-Cipher,
WLAN-Group-Cipher, WLAN-AKM-Suite, and WLAN-Group-Mgmt-Pairwise-Cipher
attributes defined in RFC 7268. These attributes are added to RADIUS
messages when the station negotiates use of WPA/RSN.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-07-31 19:55:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cdffd72173 Add WLAN-HESSID into RADIUS messages
This adds hostapd support for the new WLAN-HESSID attribute defined in
RFC 7268. This attribute contains the HESSID and it is added whenever
Interworking is enabled and HESSID is configured.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-07-31 19:55:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
69002fb0a8 Add Mobility-Domain-Id into RADIUS messages
This adds hostapd support for the new Mobility-Domain-Id attribute
defined in RFC 7268. This attribute contains the mobility domain id and
it is added whenever the station negotiates use of FT.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-07-31 19:55:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c0e46bb7d4 DFS: Remove dead assignment
set_dfs_state() return value is not currently checked anywhere, so
remove the dead assignment to avoid static analyzer complaints.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-07-03 00:51:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b7175b4d02 Clear hostapd configuration keys explicitly
Use an explicit memset call to clear any hostapd configuration parameter
that contains private information like keys or identity. This brings in
an additional layer of protection by reducing the length of time this
type of private data is kept in memory.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-07-02 12:38:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
164a453f9b FT: Debug print extra response data
This shows any extra data from FT response and also avoids a static
analyzer warning on dead increment.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-07-02 12:38:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0233dcac5b SAE: Use os_memcmp_const() for hash/password comparisons
This makes the implementation less likely to provide useful timing
information to potential attackers from comparisons of information
received from a remote device and private material known only by the
authorized devices.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-07-02 12:38:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
34ef46ce54 WEP shared key: Use os_memcmp_const() for hash/password comparisons
This makes the implementation less likely to provide useful timing
information to potential attackers from comparisons of information
received from a remote device and private material known only by the
authorized devices.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-07-02 12:38:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
870834a19b RSN authenticator: Use os_memcmp_const() for hash/password comparisons
This makes the implementation less likely to provide useful timing
information to potential attackers from comparisons of information
received from a remote device and private material known only by the
authorized devices.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-07-02 12:38:47 +03:00
Michal Kazior
5841958f26 hostapd: Use channel switch fallback on error
It's worth giving a try to fallback to re-starting BSSes at least once
hoping it works out instead of just leaving BSSes disabled.

Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
2014-06-28 11:13:11 +03:00
Michal Kazior
8974620e3e hostapd: Perform multi-BSS CSA for DFS properly
Currently hostapd data structures aren't ready for multi-channel BSSes,
so make DFS work now at least with single-channel multi-BSS channel
switching.

Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
2014-06-28 11:08:16 +03:00
Michal Kazior
6782b6846b hostapd: Move CSA parameters to hostapd_data
This prepares CSA structure and logic in hostapd for multi-BSS channel
switching.

Signed-hostap: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
2014-06-28 11:02:39 +03:00
Pontus Fuchs
dedfa440ed Print frame type name in debug output
"stype=4" becomes "stype=4 (WLAN_FC_STYPE_PROBE_REQ)" etc.

Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
2014-06-22 00:51:39 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
35cbadbb14 VHT: Remove useless validation code from Operating Mode Notification
This was added by commit 8a45811638
('hostapd: Add Operating Mode Notification support'), but the validation
steps cannot be true either for the channel width (which is a two-bit
subfield that cannot encode more than the list four values) or Rx NSS
(which cannot encode a value larger 7). Furthermore, the VHT_CHANWIDTH_*
defines do not match the definition of the Channel Width subfield
values.

Since this check cannot ever match, it is better to remove it to make
the code easier to understand and to avoid getting complaints about dead
code from static analyzers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-18 00:45:48 +03:00
Amarnath Hullur Subramanyam
cf1600ace4 hostapd: Configure driver ACL even if MAC address list is empty
Earlier commit related to MAC address based access control list
offloaded to the driver was not sending ACL configuration to the driver
if the MAC address list was empty. Remove this check as empty access
control list is a valid use case and sending ACL parameters should not
be dependent on whether the list is empty.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-06-16 16:22:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
da995b2e11 WNM: Use cleaner way of generating pointer to a field (CID 68099)
The Action code field is in a fixed location, so the IEEE80211_HDRLEN
can be used here to clean up bounds checking to avoid false reports from
static analyzer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-13 00:27:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
062833c67c GAS server: Fix request frame length validation (CID 68098)
There seemed to be an off-by-one error in the validation of GAS request
frames. If a Public Action frame without the Action code field would
have reached this function, the length could have been passed as
(size_t) -1 which would likely have resulted in a crash due to reading
beyond the buffer. However, it looks like such frame would not be
delivered to hostapd at least with mac80211-based drivers. Anyway, this
function better be more careful with length validation should some other
driver end up reporting invalid Action frames.

In addition, the Action code field is in a fixed location, so the
IEEE80211_HDRLEN can be used here to clean up bounds checking to avoid
false reports from static analyzer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-13 00:27:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5ce3ae4c8f HT: Use cleaner way of generating pointer to a field (CID 68097)
The Action code field is in a fixed location, so the IEEE80211_HDRLEN
can be used here to clean up bounds checking to avoid false reports from
static analyzer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-13 00:27:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1fde15a20a GAS server: Explicitly check that home realm is available
This makes the code easier to understand for static analyzers to avoid
false reports.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-07 19:05:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
aff0bee78a GAS server: Remove unused function parameter
This parameter was not used at all, so just remove the argument instead
of passing NULL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-07 19:04:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bc32bb70d7 Make a code path easier for static analyzers to understand
prev cannot be NULL here in the hostapd_eid_country_add() call since
prev is set whenever start becomes non-NULL. That seems to be a bit too
difficult for some static analyzers, so check the prev pointer
explicitly to avoid false warnings.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-07 15:37:31 +03:00
Darshan Paranji Sri
95b6bca66d Add rsn_pairwise bits to set_ieee8021x() driver_ops
This fixes an issue where a driver using the deprecated set_ieee8021x()
callback did not include rsn_pairwise bits in the driver configuration
even if mixed WPA+WPA2 configuration was used. This could result, e.g.,
in CCMP not being enabled properly when wpa_pairwise=TKIP and
rsn_pairwise=CCMP was used in the configuration. Fix this by using
bitwise OR of the wpa_pairwise and rsn_pairwise values to allow the
driver to enable all pairwise ciphers.

In addition, make the newer set_ap() driver_ops use the same bitwise OR
design instead of picking between rsn_pairwise and wpa_pairwise. This
makes the code paths consistent and can also fix issues with mixed mode
configuration with set_ap().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-06-03 13:59:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3d4d2348c0 FT: Fix GTK rekeying after FT protocol
Move to PTKINITDONE state and mark PTK valid after successful completion
of FT protocol. This allows the AP/Authenticator to start GTK rekeying
when FT protocol is used. Previously, the station using FT protocol did
not get the new GTK which would break delivery of group addressed
frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-01 13:21:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d92bdf9602 hostapd: Make sure hapd->drv_priv gets cleared on driver deinit
Couple of code paths in hostapd.c could have left hapd->drv_priv
pointing to memory that was freed in driver_nl80211.c when a secondary
BSS interface is removed. This could result in use of freed memory and
segfault when the next driver operation (likely during interface
deinit/removal). Fix this by clearing hapd->drv_priv when there is
reason to believe that the old value is not valid within the driver
wrapper anymore.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-05-31 17:11:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
438e13339d hostapd: Use helper function to avoid duplicate deinit calls
These three calls were used already in three different paths. Use a
helper function to avoid adding even more copies of this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-05-31 15:57:36 +03:00
Michal Kazior
ac1a224092 hostapd: Clean up if interface setup fails
If for some reason interface setup fails mid-way when setting up
multi-BSS AP it was possible to get segmentation fault because driver
was not properly cleaned up.

One possible trigger, when using nl80211 driver, was udev renaming an
interface created by hostapd causing, e.g., linux_set_iface_flags() to
fail.

Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
2014-05-31 15:53:56 +03:00
Michal Kazior
81c4fca100 hostapd: Reset hapd->interface_add properly
This variable is updated when calling hostapd_if_add(), so it makes
sense to do the same thing when calling hostapd_if_remove().

Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
2014-05-31 15:49:38 +03:00
Michal Kazior
3fbd036ea9 hostapd: Prevent double interface disabling from segfaulting
Performing, e.g. `wpa_cli -p /var/run/hostapd raw DISABLE` twice led to
hostapd segmentation fault if multiple BSSes were configured. Fix this
by checking if there is anything to disable at all before trying.

Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
2014-05-31 15:46:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5d67bf1566 hostapd: Fix configuration of multiple RADIUS servers with SET
The current RADIUS server pointer was updated after each SET command
which broke parsing of multiple RADIUS servers over the control
interface. Fix this by doing the final RADIUS server pointer updates
only once the full configuration is available.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-05-30 20:40:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d73c7b9626 GAS: Send error response if no room for pending dialog context
Instead of silently dropping the response that requires fragmentation,
send an error response to the station to make it aware that no full
response will be available.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-05-26 17:21:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
10b58b5029 TNC: Allow TNC to be enabled dynamically
Previously, hostapd had to be started with at least one of the
configuration files enabling TNC for TNC to be usable. Change this to
allow TNC to be enabled when the first interface with TNC enabled gets
added during runtime.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-05-17 20:05:55 +03:00
Rajkumar Manoharan
f41d55da02 hostapd: Check for overlapping 20 MHz BSS before starting 20/40 MHz BSS
Before starting a 20/40 MHz BSS on the 2.4 GHz band, a 40-MHz-capable HT
AP is required by the rules defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012 10.15.5 to
examine the channels of the current operational regulatory domain to
determine whether the operation of a 20/40 MHz BSS might unfairly
interfere with the operation of existing 20 MHz BSSs. The AP (or some of
its associated HT STAs) is required to scan all of the channels of the
current regulatory domain in order to ascertain the operating channels
of any existing 20 MHz BSSs and 20/40 MHz BSSs. (IEEE 802.11-2012 S.5.2
Establishing a 20/40 MHz BSS).

Add the check for an overlapping 20 MHz BSS to the initial AP scan for
the P == OT_i case in 10.15.3.2.

Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
2014-05-16 01:14:01 +03:00
Petar Koretic
c78c6b73fa WPS: Fix return value when context is not valid
If WPS isn't enabled, hostapd_cli returns 'OK' even though WPS doesn't
get activated because WPS context is not valid:

$ hostapd_cli wps_pbc
Selected interface 'wlan0'
OK

$ hostapd_cli wps_cancel
Selected interface 'wlan0'
OK

Fix this by returning appropriate error when WPS fails to activate:

$ hostapd_cli wps_pbc
Selected interface 'wlan0'
FAIL

$ hostapd_cli wps_cancel
Selected interface 'wlan0'
FAIL

Signed-off-by: Petar Koretic <petar.koretic@sartura.hr>
CC: Luka Perkov <luka.perkov@sartura.hr>
2014-05-16 00:58:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c0333c8dd5 Check rx_mgmt::frame more consistently against NULL
If a driver wrapper misbehaves and does not indicate a frame body in the
event, core hostapd code should handle this consistently since that case
was already checked for in one location.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-29 12:52:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d6c6b1fb9d Make sta NULL-check easier for static analyzers
sta == NULL check is already done above based on category !=
WLAN_ACTION_PUBLIC, but that seems to be too complex for some static
analyzers, so avoid invalid reports by explicitly checking for this
again in the WLAN_ACTION_FT case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-29 12:52:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ee4fefc015 Remove duplicated variable zeroing
It's enough to do this once as part of the for loop.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-29 12:52:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4a9d0ebe4a Make PMKID check easier for static analyzers
Checking sm->pmksa is sufficient here, but that seems to be too
difficult for static analyzers to follow, so avoid false reports by
explicitly checking pmkid as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-29 12:52:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
06df2aa60a Remove floating constant suffix 'd' from test coee
clang scan-build does not seem to like the 'd' suffix on floating
constants and ends up reporting analyzer failures. Since this suffix
does not seem to be needed, get rid of it to clear such warnings.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-29 12:52:10 +03:00
Peng Xu
5f0bca77a8 Retry initial 20/40 MHz co-ex scan if the driver is busy
This makes the initial OBSS scans in AP mode before starting 40 MHz BSS
more robust. In addition, HT20 can be used as a backup option if none of
the scans succeed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-29 12:52:09 +03:00
Peng Xu
587d60d2b7 Add AP mode support for HT 20/40 co-ex Action frame
If a 2.4 GHz band AP receives a 20/40 Coexistence management frame from
a connected station with 20/40 BSS Intolerant Channel Report element
containing the channel list in which any legacy AP are detected or AP
with 40 MHz intolerant bit set in HT Cap IE is detected in the affected
range of the BSS, the BSS will be moved from 40 to 20 MHz channel width.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-29 12:52:09 +03:00
Peng Xu
9c47f6a2a6 hostapd: Extend support for HT 20/40 coexistence feature
Extend the minimal HT 20/40 co-ex support to include dynamic changes
during the lifetime of the BSS. If any STA connects to a 2.4 GHz AP with
40 MHz intolerant bit set then the AP will switch to 20 MHz operating
mode.

If for a period of time specified by OBSS delay factor and OBSS scan
interval AP does not have any information about 40 MHz intolerant STAs,
the BSS is switched from HT20 to HT40 mode.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-29 12:52:09 +03:00
Peng Xu
196c9c7cd2 Make channel parameters available in set_ap() driver operation
This provides information to allow the driver to be configured for
updated channel parameters, e.g., when dynamically changing HT20/HT40
bandwidth.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-29 12:16:51 +03:00
Maxime Bizon
2aa82e52da Interworking: Don't filter probe requests when interworking is disabled
With hidden SSID (ignore_broadcast_ssid), an IOS device trying to
connect to the AP will send a probe request with ANT == 2. If
interworking support is just compiled (not enabled), we will drop the
probe request since default ANT is 0.

Check that interworking is enabled before filtering based on ANT or
HESSID to match the behavior of code without CONFIG_INTERWORKING.

Signed-off-by: Maxime Bizon <mbizon@freebox.fr>
2014-04-24 12:15:32 +03:00
Marek Puzyniak
8a0f3bf613 AP: Fix checking if DFS is required
Sometimes function hostapd_is_dfs_required() returns -1 which indicates
that it was not possible to check if DFS was required. This happens for
channels from the 2.4 GHz band where DFS checking should not happen.
This can be fixed by returning DFS-not-required for mode different from
IEEE80211A and when DFS support is not available (ieee80211h not set).

Signed-off-by: Marek Puzyniak <marek.puzyniak@tieto.com>
2014-04-17 17:12:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5583b8d1eb Document and rename HT Capability/Operation fields
This makes the definitions match the terminology used in IEEE Std
802.11-2012 and makes it easier to understand how the HT Operation
element subfields are used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-07 22:45:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1dde5b5cdd Remove PSMP option from ht_capab
This was used to fill in the "PSMP support" subfield that was defined
during P802.11n development. However, this subfield was marked reserved
in the published IEEE Std 802.11n-2009 and it is not supported by
current drivers that use hostapd for SME either. As such, there is not
much point in maintaining this field as ht_capab parameter within
hostapd either.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-07 22:02:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dc39004318 WPS: Remove unused WEP related functionality
Now that WPS 2.0 support is enabled unconditionally, WEP and Shared auth
type are not allowed. This made some of the older code unused and that
can now be removed to clean up the implementation. There is still one
place where WEP is allowed for testing purposes: wpa_supplicant as
Registrar trying to configure an AP to use WEP. That is now only allowed
in CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y builds, though.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-06 12:31:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8943cc998a RADIUS server: Add support for MAC ACL
"user" MACACL "password" style lines in the eap_user file can now be
used to configured user entries for RADIUS-based MAC ACL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-29 19:31:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dc87541e1e Clean up debug print for PSK file search
p2p_dev_addr was not NULL, so the all zeros case was printed as well.
Clean this up by printing p2p_dev_addr in debug prints only if it is a
real P2P Device Address.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-29 09:50:51 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
bbbacbf2f8 DFS: Print CAC info in ctrl_iface STATUS command
Print CAC time and CAC left time in control interface STATUS command.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2014-03-28 23:02:45 +02:00
Avraham Stern
3ae8b7b7a2 hostapd: Add vendor command support
Add support of vendor command to hostapd ctrl_iface.
Vendor command's format:
VENDOR <vendor id> <sub command id> [<hex formatted data>]

The 3rd argument will be converted to binary data and then passed as
argument to the sub command.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2014-03-27 15:28:44 +02:00
Pawel Kulakowski
74a1319e50 Fix issue with incorrect secondary_channel in HT40/HT80
When primary and secondary channel were switched and config was
reloaded, secondary channel was incorrectly overwritten.

Proceed as for other settings that should not be changed and don't
allow to overwrite.

Signed-off-by: Pawel Kulakowski <pawel.kulakowski@tieto.com>
2014-03-27 15:22:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c201f93a9e WPS: Enable WSC 2.0 support unconditionally
There is not much point in building devices with WPS 1.0 only supported
nowadays. As such, there is not sufficient justification for maintaining
extra complexity for the CONFIG_WPS2 build option either. Remove this by
enabling WSC 2.0 support unconditionally.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-25 18:33:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4d1e38be9e ACS: Fix number of error path issues
Especially when multiple BSSes are used with ACS, number of the error
paths were not cleaning up driver initialization properly. This could
result in using freed memory and crashing the process if ACS failed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-25 13:12:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
692ec3058b FT: Add support for postponing FT response
If the PMK-R1 needs to be pulled for the R0KH, the previous
implementation ended up rejecting the over-the-air authentication and
over-the-DS action frame unnecessarily while waiting for the RRB
response. Improve this by postponing the Authentication/Action frame
response until the pull response is received.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-23 18:31:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
70c35233ae WPS: Comment out unused AP WEP config write with WPS 2.0
The main WPS code rejects WEP parameters, so this code is not used and
can be commented out from WPS 2.0 builds. This is similar to the earlier
commit that commented out in-memory update.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-22 23:31:39 +02:00
Amar Singhal
70634eec0c hostapd: Check driver DFS offload capability for channel disablement
If the driver supports full offloading of DFS operations, do not disable
a channel marked for radar detection. The driver will handle the needed
operations for such channels.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-22 21:31:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a500f3102f WPS: Comment out unused AP WEP config update with WPS 2.0
The main WPS code rejects WEP parameters, so this code is not used and
can be commented out from WPS 2.0 builds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-22 19:22:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1d4fe3bcbc Remove unnecessary parameter validation
This is dead code since this helper function is always called with
non-NULL pointer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-22 16:25:28 +02:00
Pawel Kulakowski
513dcec656 Don't overwrite channel on hostapd config reload
There was possibility that the current channel in Beacon information
element was incorrectly set. This problem was easily observed when
primary and secondary channel were switched and then some of hostapd
settings (for example password) were changed using WPS External
Registrar. This caused hostapd_reload_config() function overwrite the
current channel information from config file.

This patch prevents this situation and does not allow to overwrite
channel and some other settings when config is reloaded.

Signed-off-by: Pawel Kulakowski <pawel.kulakowski@tieto.com>
2014-03-21 23:30:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
20ff2642e1 WPS: Clear WPS data on init failure
It was possible for hapd->wps_beacon_ie and hapd->wps_probe_resp_ie to
be set if WPS initialization in hostapd failed after having set these
parameters (e.g., during UPnP configuration). In addition, many of the
other WPS configuration parameters that were allocated during the first
part of the initialization were not properly freed on error paths.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-21 13:23:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f4e3860f8a Fix AP mode default TXOP Limit values for AC_VI and AC_VO
These were previous set to 3.0 and 1.5 ms which ended up using values 93
and 46 in 36 usec inits. However, the default values for these are
actually defined as 3.008 ms and 1.504 ms (94/47) and those values are
also listed in the hostapd.conf example.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-17 18:48:40 +02:00
Michal Kazior
c3722e1241 ACS: Fix VHT20
The center segment0 calculation for VHT20 ACS was incorrect. This caused
ACS to fail with: "Could not set channel for kernel driver".

Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
2014-03-15 19:04:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
49b74430d9 Fix HT40 co-ex scan for some pri/sec channel switches
Secondary channel was compared incorrectly (-4/4 vs. actual channel
number) which broke matching neighboring 40 MHz BSSes and only the
no-beacons-on-secondary-channel rule was applied in practice. Once
sec_chan was fixed, this triggered another issue in this function where
both rules to switch pri/sec channels could end up getting applied in a
way that effectively canceled the switch.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-15 19:04:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5bdac4abce Remove unused STA entry information
previous_ap and last_assoc_req were not really used for anything
meaninful, so get rid of them to reduce the size of per-STA memory
allocation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-15 09:57:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c9d9ee94e5 Fix hostapd_add_iface error path to deinit partially initialized BSS
It was possible for the control interface and some of the BSS setup to
be left partially initialized in failure cases while the BSS structures
were still freed. Fix this by properly cleaning up anything that may
have passed initialization successfully before freeing memory.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-14 21:58:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8dd9f9cdde Allow management group cipher to be configured
This allows hostapd to set a different management group cipher than the
previously hardcoded default BIP (AES-128-CMAC). The new configuration
file parameter group_mgmt_cipher can be set to BIP-GMAC-128,
BIP-GMAC-256, or BIP-CMAC-256 to select one of the ciphers defined in
IEEE Std 802.11ac-2013.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-14 21:58:45 +02:00
Paul Stewart
db63757dbc hostapd: Supply default parameters for OBSS scan
For some client OBSS implementations that are performed in
firmware, all OBSS parameters need to be set to valid values.
Do this, as well as supplying the "20/40 Coex Mgmt Support"
flag in the extended capabilities IE.

Signed-hostap: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
2014-03-14 21:49:08 +02:00
Johannes Berg
67e1a402df hostapd: For VHT 20/40, allow center segment 0 to be zero
The 802.11ac amendment specifies that that the center segment 0 field
is reserved, so it should be zero. Hostapd previously required it to
be set, which is likely a good idea for interoperability, but allow it
to be unset. However, don't allow it to be set to a random value, only
allow zero and the correct channel.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-03-14 17:07:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d0bf06f2d9 GAS server: Remove incomplete remote ANQP processing
Some of the remote ANQP server concepts were introduces into gas_serv.c,
but these were not completed. Remote the unused implementation for now.
It can be added back if support for remote ANQP server is added at some
point.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-13 21:12:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ce6b9cd482 Allow reason code to be specified for DEAUTH/DISASSOC test frame
hostapd DEAUTHENTICATE and DISASSOCIATE control interface commands
accepted both a test=<0/1> and reason=<val> parameters, but these were
not supported in the same command as a combination. Move the code around
a bit to allow that as well since it can be helpful for automated test
scripts.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-13 01:26:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0f23a5e7d6 Mark AP disabled if initialization steps fail
Previously, some of the last initialization steps could fail without
clearly marking the interface disabled. For example, configuring the
channel to the driver could fail, but hostapd would not clearly identify
as the interface not being in functional state apart from not moving it
to the ENABLED state. Send an AP-DISABLED event and mark interface state
DISABLED if such a setup operation fails.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-12 13:55:05 +02:00
Ben Greear
7450c1287d DFS: Add extra debugging messages
This might help someone realize why their hostapd config isn't working
properly.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2014-03-11 19:26:48 +02:00
Simon Wunderlich
1d91f504e4 hostapd: Process management frames only once per BSS
At least in nl80211, broadcast management frames like Probe Request
frames, may be processed multiple times per BSS if multi-BSS is active
and NL80211_CMD_FRAME event is used to deliver them. In the case of
Probe Request frames, hostapd will create multiple redundant Probe
Response frames which are problematic when many BSS are on one channel.

This problem is caused by driver_nl80211 generating an event for
wpa_supplicant_event() for each BSS, and hostapd_mgmt_rx() calls
ieee802_11_mgmt() for each BSS, too.

Fix this by processing broadcast events only for the BSS the driver
intended to. The behavior is not changed for drivers not setting a BSS.

Signed-hostap: Simon Wunderlich <simon@open-mesh.com>
2014-03-11 19:07:25 +02:00
Simon Wunderlich
e070051207 hostapd: Allow to switch to usable DFS channels
If channels are "available", change to "usable" DFS channels as a
fallback, too. This requires CAC, but it is still better to do that
instead of stopping service completely.

Signed-hostap: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
2014-03-11 19:04:15 +02:00
Simon Wunderlich
01b99998bd hostapd: Allow to switch to DFS channels if available
If DFS channels are marked as "available", an AP can switch to them
immediately without performing CAC. Therefore, the channel selection
function should consider these channels even though these are radar
channels.

Signed-hostap: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
2014-03-11 19:01:44 +02:00
Simon Wunderlich
70ee1be248 hostapd: Add config option chanlist for DFS channels
Different channels allow different transmission power, at least in ETSI
countries. Also, ETSI requires a "channel plan" for DFS operation, and
channels should be randomly choosen from these channels.

Add a channel list configuration option for users to add channels
hostapd may pick from.

Signed-hostap: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
2014-03-11 18:59:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3b9c5176d1 Fix PTK derivation for CCMP-256 and GCMP-256
Incorrect PTK length was used in PMK-to-PTK derivation and the Michael
MIC TX/RX key swapping code was incorrectly executed for these ciphers
on supplicant side.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-11 15:00:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b465f5d3a1 Remove unused hostapd_wep_key_cmp()
The only user was removed five years ago in commit
fb6d357532.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-10 10:27:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8a57da7e28 RADIUS server: Add option for storing log information to SQLite DB
If eap_user_file is configured to point to an SQLite database, RADIUS
server code can use that database for log information.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-09 18:21:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ec33bc67f8 Enable RADIUS message dumps with excessive debug verbosity
Previously, this was enabled only at msgdump verbosity level, but any
level that is more verbose than it should also be included.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-08 11:35:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
226e3579f9 Revert "bridge: Track inter-BSS usage"
This reverts commit 4345fe963e. That
introduced number of memory leaks and since the rest of the VLAN changes
did not yet go in, it is easier to revert this for now and bring back
the changes after fixes if there is sufficient interest for them in the
future.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-08 11:35:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d0ee16edc8 Allow arbitrary RADIUS attributes to be added into Access-Accept
This extends the design already available for Access-Request packets to
the RADIUS server and Access-Accept messages. Each user entry can be
configured to add arbitrary RADIUS attributes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-08 11:35:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0ac3876627 Fix PMF protect disconnection on session timeout
Request the driver to send a Deauthentication frame before doing
any other disconnection steps on the session timeout path. This is
needed when PMF is negotiated for the association since the driver
will need to find the STA entry and the PTK for it to be able to
protect the robust Deauthentication frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-07 23:24:54 +02:00
Pawel Kulakowski
185677b74c Disable interface if ACS fails
In case of Automatic Channel Selection (ACS) failure, we do not have a
real fallback path. Interface still remains in ACS state. To reflect we
did not succeed with ACS, simply disable the interface and indicate this
to user/upper layer entity so that a suitable recovery or error
notification can be performed.

Signed-off-by: Pawel Kulakowski <pawel.kulakowski@tieto.com>
2014-03-06 23:12:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
95faa36ad9 HS 2.0R2: Check for OSEN when determining whether to authorize STA
handle_assoc_cb() got this addition, but the check in
hostapd_new_assoc_sta() was not modified to be aware of the OSEN special
case for EAPOL state machines to be used for marking a STA authorized.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-06 22:48:37 +02:00
Sunil Dutt Undekari
113318ad57 Set the station to authorized on assoc event for open authentication
This was done in handle_assoc_cb() in ieee802_11.c for drivers that use
hostapd SME/MLME. However, drivers that include SME/MLME implementation
do not use that function and the STA flag needs to be set when
processing the association notification. This is needed to get the STA
entry into showing the proper authorized state and to get the
AP-STA-CONNECTED/DISCONNECTED events on the control interface.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-06 22:45:15 +02:00
Bartosz Markowski
905828fea4 hostapd: Fix vht_capab 'Maximum A-MPDU Length Exponent' handling
As per IEEE Std 802.11ac-2013, 'Maximum A-MPDU Length Exponent' field
value is in the range of 0 to 7. Previous implementation assumed EXP0 to
be the maximum length (bits 23, 24 and 25 set) what is incorrect.

This patch adds options to set it up within the 0 to 7 range.

Signed-off-by: Bartosz Markowski <bartosz.markowski@tieto.com>
2014-03-06 00:09:37 +02:00
Michal Kazior
89de64c5c0 ACS: Fix VHT80 segment picking
For example, the previous implementation considered [44, 48, 52, 56] to
be a valid VHT80 channel -- which it is not. This resulted in, e.g.,
failure to start CAC when channels on overlapped segments included DFS
channels.

Add a check similar to the HT40 one to prevent that. The check is
performed this way as the ACS implementation assumes the primary channel
to be the first channel in a given segment.

Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
2014-03-06 00:01:29 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
1f37483416 DFS: Print error in case CAC fails
Previously, we printed this message as a debug one, which was confusing
in case verbose debug messages were disabled. User could think CAC
started but never ended. Add more parameterss to DFS_EVENT_CAC_START, so
external programs can more easily check what was wrong in case of
errors.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2014-03-05 23:59:04 +02:00
Moshe Benji
354c903f8e AP/GO interface teardown optimization
This commit adds an option to optimize AP teardown by leaving the
deletion of keys (including group keys) and stations to the driver.

This optimization option should be used if the driver supports stations
and keys removal when stopping an AP.

For example, the optimization option will always be used for cfg80211
drivers since cfg80211 shall always remove stations and keys when
stopping an AP (in order to support cases where the AP is disabled
without the knowledge of wpa_supplicant/hostapd).

Signed-off-by: Moshe Benji <moshe.benji@intel.com>
2014-03-05 23:57:02 +02:00
Rahul Jain
8bc4372f37 Use P2P_IE_VENDOR_TYPE more consistently
Previously, both this and combination of OUI_WFA and P2P_OUI_TYPE were
used. Using the full 32-bit value as a single operation saves a bit in
code size, so start moving towards using it more consistently when
writing or finding the P2P vendor specific element.

Signed-off-by: Rahul Jain <rahul.jain@samsung.com>
2014-03-05 23:36:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5f7e1c06cd Redirect more frames with ext_mgmt_frame_handling=1
This allows Action frames from not-associated stations to be processed
by external test tools.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-02 17:15:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
78789d95b4 Remove unnecessary variable initialization
The following if statements set the new_op_mode value in all cases,
so there is no need to initialize this to 0 first. This removes a
static analyzer warning.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-02 17:15:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e997bc75dd Remove a static analyzer warning about unused variable write
The pos variable was not used between its first and second assignment.
Clean this up by using the pos variables instead of the buf (start of
the buffer).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-02 17:15:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7b6e81575f Clean up hostapd add_iface error path operations
If hapd_iface->bss[i] == NULL, this could have resulted in NULL pointer
dereference in the debug print. Avoid this by skipping the message in
case of NULL pointer. In addition, clear iface->bss[i] to NULL for
additional robustness even though this array gets freed immediately.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-02 17:15:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3d91a0470f DFS: Make sure center frequency is always initialized for VHT
This seemed to be fine on most code paths, but the code was complex
enough to make the analysis difficult (and a bit too much for static
analyzers). There is no harm in forcing these parameters to be
initialized, so do that to make sure they cannot be left uninitialized.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-02 17:15:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ca412c7a38 Remove unreachable return statement
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-02 10:35:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b908c50a81 Clear hostapd bss entry to NULL on add-interface-failure
It looks like leaving behind the freed pointed at the end of the array
could end up in a crash triggered by double free in some cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-01 00:38:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8d2a9921af HS 2.0R2: RADIUS server support to request Subscr Remediation
The new hostapd.conf parameter subscr_remediation_url can be used to
define the URL of the Subscription Remediation Server that will be added
in a WFA VSA to Access-Accept message if the SQLite user database
indicates that the user need subscription remediation.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ae6d15c722 HS 2.0R2 AP: Add OSU Providers list ANQP element
hostapd can now be configured to advertise OSU Providers with the
new osu_* confgiuration parameters.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f7bd7a01a8 HS 2.0R2 AP: Add Icon Request and Icon binary File ANQP elements
hostapd can now be configured to provide access for icon files
(hs20_icon config file parameter) for OSU. The hs20_icon data contains
additional meta data about the icon that is not yet used, but it will be
needed for the OSU Providers list ANQP element.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
97596f8ed4 HS 2.0R2 AP: Add support for Session Info URL RADIUS AVP
If the authentication server includes the WFA HS 2.0 Session Info URL
AVP in Access-Accept, schedule ESS Disassociation Imminent frame to be
transmitted specified warning time prior to session timeout.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8e1146d9da HS 2.0R2 AP: Add support for deauthentication request
If the RADIUS server includes deauthentication request in Access-Accept,
send a WNM-Notification frame to the station after 4-way handshake and
disconnect the station after configurable timeout.

A new control interface command, WNM_DEAUTH_REQ, is added for testing
purposes to allow the notification frame to sent based on local request.
This case does not disconnect the station automatically, i.e., a
separate control interface command would be needed for that.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a14896e8bb HS 2.0R2 AP: Add OSEN implementation
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6ca0853d18 HS 2.0R2 AP: Use Subscr Remediation request from RADIUS server
If the RADIUS server includes the WFA RADIUS VSA in Access-Accept to
indicate need for subscription remediation, copy the server URL from
the message and send it to the station after successfully completed
4-way handshake (i.e., after PTK is set to allow PMF to work) in a
WNM-Notification.

AP must not allow PMKSA caching to be used after subscription
remediation association, so do not add the PMKSA cache entry whenever
the authentication server is indicating need for subscription
remediation. This allows station reassociation to use EAP authentication
to move to non-remediation connection.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7bc9c25d1f HS 2.0R2 AP: Add STA's Hotspot 2.0 Release Number into Access-Request
If the station indicated support for Hotspot 2.0, send its release
number and PPS MO ID in Access-Request messages using the WFA RADIUS
VSA.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
76579ec75f HS 2.0R2 AP: Add AP Hotspot 2.0 Release Number as WFA RADIUS VSA
The Access-Request frames are used to inform the RADIUS server about the
Hotspot 2.0 release number supported by the AP.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3fb17a9530 HS 2.0R2 AP: Add WNM-Notification Request for Subscription Remediation
Subscription remediation notification can now be sent from hostapd with:
hostapd_cli hs20_wnm_notif 02:00:00:00:00:00 http://example.com/foo/

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d5d24784e6 HS 2.0R2 AP: Update HS 2.0 Indication element to Release 2
The HS 2.0 Indication element from hostapd now includes the release
number field and the new ANQP Domain ID field. This ID can be configured
with anqp_domain_id parameter in hostapd.conf.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8c9cb81fb7 DFS: Fix coding style (missing whitespace)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-25 16:47:22 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
4f1e01b8e3 DFS: Add VHT160 available channels
Add VHT160 available channels we can choose from when having detected a
radar event.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2014-02-25 16:46:17 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
b8058a69b0 hostapd: DFS allow mixed channels
Allow mixed DFS and non-DFS channels, e.g., VHT160 on channels 36-64.
This is useful for testing VHT160 with mac80211_hwsim.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2014-02-25 16:45:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c1151e47d5 Force OFDM/HT/VHT to be disabled on channel 14
The regulatory rules in Japan do not allow OFDM to be used on channel
14. While this was to some extend assumed to be enforced by drivers
(many of which apparently don't), it is safer to make hostapd enforce
this by disabling any OFDM-related functionality. This tries to avoid
backwards compatibility issues by downgrading the mode rather than
rejecting the invalid configuration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-25 13:55:10 +02:00
Chaitanya T K
3d7ad2f681 hostapd: Configure spectrum management capability
Add configuration of Spectrum Management subfield in the Capability
Information of Beacon, Probe Response, and Association Response frames.
Spectrum Management bit is set when directly requested by new
configuration option spectrum_mgmt_required=1 or when AP is running on
DFS channels. In the future, also TPC shall require this bit to be set.

Signed-hostap: Srinivasan <srinivasanb@posedge.com>
Signed-hostap: Chaitanya T K <chaitanyatk@posedge.com>
Signed-hostap: Marek Puzyniak <marek.puzyniak@tieto.com>
2014-02-25 00:54:59 +02:00
Srinivasan B
e0392f825d hostapd: Add Power Constraint element
Add Power Constraint information element to Beacon and Probe Response
frames when hostapd is configured on 5 GHz band and Country information
element is also added. According to IEEE Std 802.11-2012 a STA shall
determine a local maximum transmit power for the current channel based
on information derived from Country and Power Constraint elements.

In order to add Power Constraint element ieee80211d option need to be
enabled and new local_pwr_constraint config option need to be set to
unsigned value in units of decibels. For now this value is statically
configured but the future goal is to implement dynamic TPC algorithm
to control local power constraint.

Signed-hostap: Srinivasan <srinivasanb@posedge.com>
Signed-hostap: Chaitanya T K <chaitanyatk@posedge.com>
Signed-hostap: Marek Puzyniak <marek.puzyniak@tieto.com>
2014-02-24 23:51:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cb10c7d12d RADIUS DAS: Add support for NAS identification attributes
This allows NAS-IP-Address, NAS-Identifier, and NAS-IPv6-Address to be
included in the Disconnect-Request packets.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-20 13:55:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0d7c5e1dfc RADIUS DAS: Remove PMKSA entry on Disconnect-Request
When a station is disconnected based on Disconnect-Request, it is better
to force the station to go through full EAP authentication if it tries
to reconnect.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-20 13:26:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d87a6acdf5 WPS: Fix STA state validation when processing PutWLANResponse
It is possible for an ER to send an unexpected PutWLANResponse action
when the destination STA is in disassociated, but not fully
deauthenticated state. sta->eapol_sm can be NULL in such state and as
such, it would be possible to hit a NULL pointer dereference in the
eapol_auth_eap_pending_cb() call at the end of the
hostapd_wps_probe_req_rx() when trying to proxy the WPS message to the
station. Fix this by validating that sta->eapol_sm is set before
processing the message.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-19 23:51:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a1dd890a85 RADIUS: Add minimal accounting server support
This can be used to test RADIUS Accounting in hostapd.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-02-15 16:26:48 +02:00
Marek Kwaczynski
8a45811638 hostapd: Add Operating Mode Notification support
Handle Operating Mode Notification received in (Re)Association Request
frames.

Signed-hostap: Marek Kwaczynski <marek.kwaczynski@tieto.com>
2014-02-14 19:30:05 +02:00
Eytan Lifshitz
6ceb95c950 Avoid NULL dereference in ieee802_1x_get_mib_sta() printf
In function ieee802_1x_get_mib_sta(), eap_server_get_name() may return
NULL, and it could be dereferenced immidiately by os_snprintf() (if the
snprintf implementation does not handle NULL pointer).

Signed-hostap: Eytan Lifshitz <eytan.lifshitz@intel.com>
2014-02-13 15:58:21 +02:00
Eytan Lifshitz
93a1caece0 Remove unnecessary NULL check
In send_assoc_resp(), sta was checked for NULL, although it can't be
NULL.

Signed-hostap: Eytan Lifshitz <eytan.lifshitz@intel.com>
2014-02-13 15:58:17 +02:00
Max Stepanov
5479ff906c DFS: Avoid compiler warnings in src/ap/dfs.c
Initialize variables explicitly to avoid [-Wmaybeuninitialized] compiler
warning in hostapd_handle_dfs() and
hostapd_dfs_start_channel_switch_cac() functions.

Signed-hostap: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
2014-02-13 15:44:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b64afe22aa Fix SAE state validation on AP
Confirm-before-commit validation step allowed execution to continue on
error case. This could result in segfault in sae_check_confirm() if the
temporary SAE data was not available (as it would not be, e.g., in case
of an extra SAE confirm message being received after successful
exchange). Fix this by stopping SAE processing immediately after
detecting unexpected state for confirm message. In addition, make the
public sae.c functions verify sae->tmp before dereferencing it to make
this type of bugs less likely to result in critical issues.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-12 17:46:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d7a15d5953 WPS: Indicate current AP settings in M7 in unconfigurated state
Previously, unconfigured state was forcing the best supported
authentication and encryption state to be shown in WPS messages,
including AP Settings in M7 in case the AP acts as an Enrollee. This is
not really correct for the AP Settings case, so change that one to
indicate the currently configured state.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-07 19:33:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
334ec001bb Fix Beacon RX before AP setup completion
It is possible for the driver to report Beacon RX prior to hostapd
having completed AP mode setup, e.g., when changing country code. Beacon
frame processing for OLBC was not prepared for this and could trigger
segfault due to NULL pointer dereference. Fix this by ignoring the
Beacon frames received prior to completing interface setup when
determining OLBC updates.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-02-06 15:22:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b37d582eaf Replace ieee802_11_print_ssid() with wpa_ssid_txt()
There is no need to maintain two different functions for printing out
ASCII text version of SSID.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-02-04 13:23:35 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
fd92413417 hostapd: Increase timeout for channel list update to 5 seconds
Before this patch, 1 second timeout was used for regulatory updates. In
some cases, specially when we reload driver modules on some slower
platforms this could take more than 1 second (about 2 seconds). This is
important specially for DFS case, where we have to have correct DFS
region before we will start CAC. In other case (unknown DFS region), CAC
will fail. 5 seconds should be enough for all cases.

Signed-hostap: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2014-01-30 14:05:14 +02:00
Eytan Lifshitz
04c366cb1d Fix memory leaks and wrong memory access
1. In wpa_config_process_bgscan() fix memory leak after
   calling wpa_config_parse_string()
2. In hostapd_config_defaults(), on failure to allocate bss->radius,
   conf->bss was not freed.
3. In p2p_deauth_nofif(), memory allocated in p2p_parse_ies() was not
   freed in case of NULL minor_reason_code.
4. In p2p_disassoc_nofif(), memory allocated in p2p_parse_ies() was
   not freed in case of NULL minor_reason_code.
5. In p2p_process_go_neg_conf(), memory allocated was not freed in
   case that the P2P Device interface was not waiting for a
   GO Negotiation Confirm.
6. In wpa_set_pkcs11_engine_and_module_path(), the wrong pointer was
   checked.

Signed-hostap: Eytan Lifshitz <eytan.lifshitz@intel.com>
2014-01-30 14:01:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d2f18378e1 WPS NFC: Add BSSID and AP channel info to Configuration Token
This information can help the Enrollee to find the AP more quickly with
an optimized scan.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
25ef8529c1 P2P: Add support for IP address assignment in 4-way handshake
This new mechanism allows P2P Client to request an IPv4 address from the
GO as part of the 4-way handshake to avoid use of DHCP exchange after
4-way handshake. If the new mechanism is used, the assigned IP address
is shown in the P2P-GROUP-STARTED event on the client side with
following new parameters: ip_addr, ip_mask, go_ip_addr. The assigned IP
address is included in the AP-STA-CONNECTED event on the GO side as a
new ip_addr parameter. The IP address is valid for the duration of the
association.

The IP address pool for this new mechanism is configured as global
wpa_supplicant configuration file parameters ip_addr_go, ip_addr_mask,
ip_addr_star, ip_addr_end. For example:

ip_addr_go=192.168.42.1
ip_addr_mask=255.255.255.0
ip_addr_start=192.168.42.2
ip_addr_end=192.168.42.100

DHCP mechanism is expected to be enabled at the same time to support P2P
Devices that do not use the new mechanism. The easiest way of managing
the IP addresses is by splitting the IP address range into two parts and
assign a separate range for wpa_supplicant and DHCP server.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
14d8645f63 WPS NFC: Allow BSSID and channel to be included in handover select
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:10:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
068cdb1d98 WPS NFC: New style connection handover select from AP/Registrar
The contents of the WPS connection handover select message was modified
to include the Registrar public key hash instead of the credential.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:10:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3189ca055d WPS NFC: Add AP mode connection handover report
The new NFC connection handover design requires the AP/Registrar to
process the connection handover request message received from the
Enrollee. Add control interface commands for handling this.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:10:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5ce00d09c0 GAS server: Add support for Protected Dual of Public Action frames
When GAS is used with PMF negotiated, Protected Dual of Public Action
frames are expected to be used instead of Public Action frames, i.e.,
the GAS/ANQP frames are expected to be encrypted. Add support for this
different category of Action frames being used for GAS. The payload
after the Category field is identical, so the only change is in using
the Category field based on what was received in the request frames. For
backwards compatibility, do not enforce protected dual to be used on the
AP side, i.e., follow what the station does.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-23 11:19:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7b2c42f8b9 hostapd: Fix PMF robust Action frame processing rules
Due to misplaced parenthesis, unprotected not-Robust Action frames
(e.g., Public Action frames) were dropped in handle_assoc() when such
frames were received during an association that had negotiated use of
PMF. This is not correct since only unprotected Robust Action frames
were supposed to be handled in this way.

This would have broken any Public Action frame use during PMF
association, but such frames were not really supposed to be used
currently (ANQP as the only possible use case should really use
protected dual option in such case).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-23 10:24:21 +02:00
Ilan Peer
a487b35572 hostapd: Fix segmentation fault when calling hostapd_cli all_sta
While iterating over the stations hostapd_ctrl_iface_sta_mib()
might be called with sta == NULL. Fix this.

Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-01-22 19:28:57 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
eed65aad14 hostapd: DFS setup seg0 correctly for HT40-
Fix seg0 calculation for HT40+/HT40-.

Signed-hostap: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2014-01-14 17:14:13 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
25592b236b hostapd: DFS/CSA check if CSA in progress
Check if CSA is already in progress, before triggering a new channel
switch.

Signed-hostap: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2014-01-14 17:13:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
08081ad8ef hostapd: Skip full AP configuration validation on SET command
It is possible for the configuration to be temporarily invalid when
adding a new AP through SET commands followed by ENABLE. Avoid this
issue by using less strict validation on SET commands and perform full
configuration validation only on ENABLE. Use cases with configuration
file maintain their previous behavior, i.e., full validation after the
file has been read.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 20:23:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f0cbb986ff Add DRIVER-STATUS command for hostapd
This is just like the same command in wpa_supplicant, i.e., "hostapd_cli
status driver" can be used to fetch information about the driver status
and capabilities.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a09ffd5f2f Fix req_scan-deplete-timeout and update eloop API for this
Commit e2f5a9889a was supposed to prevent
new scan request from pushing out the old one. However, it did not
really do that since eloop_deplete_timeout() returned 0 both for the
case where the old timeout existed (and was sooner) and if the old
timeout did not exist. It returned 1 only for the case where an old
timeout did exist and was larger than the new requested value. That case
used to result in wpa_supplicant_req_scan() rescheduling the timeout,
but hew code in eloop_deplete_timeout() did the exact same thing and as
such, did not really change anything apart from the debug log message.

Extend the eloop_deplete_timeout() (and eloop_replenish_timeout() for
that matter since it is very similar) to return three different values
based on whether the timeout existed or not and if yes, whether it was
modified. This allows wpa_supplicant_req_scan() to schedule a new
timeout only in the case there was no old timeout.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a1a31b6c3f Remove hostapd dump_file functionality
This debugging mechanism has now been deprecated by the control
interface commands that can be used to fetch same internal information
from hostapd in a more convenient way. Leave the empty USR1 signal
handler and configuration file parameter for backwards compatibility.
They can be removed in future versions of hostapd.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-02 18:15:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ea23df652a Make EAPOL dump data available through ctrl_iface STA command
The per-STA/Supplicant state information from the EAPOL authenticator
is now available through "STA <MAC Address> eapol" command.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-02 17:49:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f538be3e82 Add more STA information into the ctrl_iface STA command
This adds TX/RX statistics and information about association into the
per-STA data that is available through the hostapd control interface. In
addition, information about the EAP method is now included with the IEEE
802.1X data.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-02 16:58:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f7fb676633 ACS: Mark acs_fail() static
This function is not used outside acs.c.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-31 22:30:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5ace51a48a WNM: Clean up le16 variable use to avoid sparse warnings
intval is marked le16 and should be used through proper byte order
conversion functions even if it ended up getting set correctly due to
the two operations cancelling each other.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-31 19:41:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8cf1e68c02 Move declaration of hostapd_acs_completed() into correct header file
This function is in hw_features.c and as such, should be declared in
hw_features.h.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-31 19:34:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0187c41d88 Declare wpa_debug_* variables in src/utils/wpa_debug.h
These were somewhat more hidden to avoid direct use, but there are now
numerous places where these are needed and more justification to make
the extern int declarations available from wpa_debug.h. In addition,
this avoids some warnings from sparse.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-31 19:29:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fcc61230d1 Declare wpa_drivers in src/drivers/driver.h
This avoids some warnings from sparse.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-31 19:19:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dbfb8e82ff Remove unnecessary EVENT_RX_ACTION
This driver event was used separately for some Action frames, but all
the driver wrappers converted to this from information that would have
been enough to indicate an EVENT_RX_MGMT event. In addition, the
received event was then converted back to a full IEEE 802.11 management
frame for processing in most cases. This is unnecessary complexity, so
get rid of the extra path and use EVENT_RX_MGMT for Action frames as
well as other management frame subtypes.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-29 17:18:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
912b34f000 Do not process Action frames twice in hostapd SME/MLME
Commit 88b32a99d3 added support for using
some Action frame processing in hostapd for drivers that handle most of
SME/MLME internally (it added FT, this has since be extended for SA
Query and WNM). However, this was added in a way that ended up getting
both the hostapd_rx_action() and hostapd_action_rx() called for Action
frames. This could result in an attempt to process FT, SA Query, and WNM
Action frames twice.

There is need for more significant cleanup in Action frame processing in
hostapd depending on the driver type, but as a simple step to avoid
issues, skip the hostapd_action_rx() call if hostapd_rx_action()
processed the frame.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-29 11:25:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
006309b546 Fix whitespace style
Commit 88b32a99d3 added couple of lines
with incorrect indentation.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-29 11:25:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0e22b8dd4c WPS: Make sure reconfiguration timeout is not left behind on deinit
Even though this is a short timeout, it is at least theoretically
possible for the interface to be removed while waiting for
reconfiguration to start. Avoid issues with this by cancelling the
timeout on any WPS interface deinit. In theory, this should be postponed
until interface removal, but that does not fit very nicely to the
current wps_hostapd.c style.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-29 10:00:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
aa189ac9dd Enable FT with SAE
It was already possible to configure hostapd and wpa_supplicant to use
FT-SAE for the key management, but number of places were missing proper
AKM checks to allow FT to be used with the new AKM.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-29 10:00:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2d2ecf51aa nl80211: Fix protected Action frame reporting for AP mode
Action frame RX report through EVENT_RX_ACTION did not indicate whether
the frame was protected or not even though that information is available
in mlme_event_mgmt(). hostapd_rx_action() has a workaround for setting
the protected flag for SA Query frames, but that did not apply for other
frames, like FT Action. This broke FT-over-DS when PMF is enabled with
newer kernel versions (i.e., the ones that do not use monitor interface
for receiving management frames).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-29 10:00:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8d321a7d4c WNM: Move disassociation imminent sending to wnm_ap.c
This gets all WNM BSS Transition Management frame building and sending
within hostapd into the same location.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-27 19:57:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b76f4c2763 hostapd: Make STA flags available through ctrl_iface STA command
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-27 19:35:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
aa03dbd517 Remove IEEE80211_REQUIRE_AUTH_ACK
This is not really needed for anything and the standard does not require
such validation step to be made for Authentication frame transmission.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-27 19:35:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
121f2ab49a Remove unused STA flags
These three flags were only displayed, but never set or used for
anything else.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-27 19:35:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3578e665bf WNM: Add STA flag to indicate the current WNM-Sleep-Mode state
This can be useful for displaying the current STA state and also for
determining whether some operations are likely to fail or need
additional delay.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-27 19:35:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
477689788c WNM: Fix AP processing without wnm_oper driver callback
hostapd_drv_wnm_oper() needs to indicate an error if the driver callback
function is not implemented. Without this, the buf_len argument could
have been left uninitialized which could result in crashing the process.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-27 18:48:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2025cad9b8 WNM: Move ESS Disassoc Imminent sending to a helper function
This makes it easier to trigger the ESS Disassociation Imminent
operation from different sources.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-12-27 18:48:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
28ab64af9b WNM: Minimal processing of BSS Transition Management Query/Response
This adds first steps at processing a BSS Transition Management Query on
the AP side. Mainly, the message is parsed and printed out in the debug
log and a minimal BSS Transition Management Request frame is sent as a
response. BSS Transition Management Response frame is also parsed and
details printed out in the debug log.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-27 18:11:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
629edfef81 WNM: Fix Sleep Mode AP processing in open network
The previous version could end up calling WPA authenticator routines
even though the authenticator had not been initialized and this could
result in NULL pointer dereference.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-26 22:26:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7b75c30109 WPS: Reschedule AP configuration reload on EAP completion
Reduce race condition of the station trying to reconnect immediately
after AP reconfiguration through WPS by rescheduling the reload
timeout to happen after EAP completion rather than the originally
scheduled 100 ms after new configuration became known.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-12-26 20:50:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
93827f456a hostapd: Allow external management frame processing or testing
This enables more convenient protocol testing of station side
functionality in various error cases and unexpected sequences without
having to implement each test scenario within hostapd.
ext_mgmt_frame_handle parameter can be set to 1 to move all management
frame processing into an external program through control interface
events (MGMT-RX and MGMT-TX-STATUS) and command (MGMT_TX).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-26 16:55:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5f9c134ab4 Remove obsolete license notifications
These files have been distributed only under the BSD license option
since February 2012. Clarify the license statements in the files to
match that to avoid confusion.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-24 22:59:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bad5cdf491 Verify that beacon setup succeeds before proceeding
There is no point in starting the AP operations unless
the driver can be successfully configured to beacon.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-24 22:46:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7d7f7be2e5 Verify group key configuration for WPA group
If configuration of the group key to the driver fails, move the WPA
group into failed state and indication group setup error to avoid cases
where AP could look like it is working even through the keys are not set
correctly.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-24 22:38:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
30675c3416 Add definitions for new cipher suites from IEEE Std 802.11ac-2013
This adds initial parts for supporting the new GCMP-256, CCMP-256,
BIP-GMAC-128, BIP-GMAC-256, and BIP-CMAC-256 cipher suites.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-24 22:21:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
13b24a766f VHT: Use status code 104 to indicate VHT required
IEEE Std 802.11ac-2013 defines a status code for this, so use that
instead of the unspecified reason.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-24 21:19:45 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
76aab0305c Add secondary channel IE for CSA
If secondary channel is provided for CSA, advertise it in the Secondary
Channel Offset element in Beacon and Probe Response frames.

Signed-hostap: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2013-12-24 08:27:28 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
8f4713c5c9 Store entire CS freq_params and not only freq
When CSA flow starts, store the entire struct hostapd_freq_params and
not only CS frequency as it was before. The additional freq_params are
required to advertise CS supplementary IEs such as secondary channel,
wide bandwidth CS, etc.

Signed-hostap: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2013-12-24 08:23:40 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
13daed58c7 Include driver.h in hostapd.h
This allows use of structs (and not only pointers) defined in drivers.h.
Remove also some not needed forward declarations and redundant includes.

Signed-hostap: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2013-12-24 08:22:37 +02:00
Johannes Berg
7ffe7d222a AP: Use monotonic time for MMIC failure/TKIP countermeasures
Wall time jumps shouldn't affect MMIC failure/TKIP countermeasures,
so use monotonic time. Change the michael_mic_failure variable to
struct os_reltime for type-safety.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-24 07:13:34 +02:00
Johannes Berg
dd4e32bae4 AP: Use monotonic time for PMKSA cache
Since the PMKSA cache only uses relative time, use the monotonic time
functions instead of wall time to be correct when the clock jumps.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-24 07:01:07 +02:00
Johannes Berg
0fc545aee5 AP: Use monotonic time for STA accounting
For type-safety, make sta->acct_session_start a struct os_reltime
and then use monotonic time for accounting. For RADIUS reporting,
continue to use wall clock time as specified by RFC 2869, but for
the session time use monotonic time.

Interestingly, RFC 2869 doesn't specify a timezone, so the value
is somewhat arbitrary.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-24 06:57:53 +02:00
Marek Kwaczynski
493ba877c3 hostapd: Clear interface_added flag on error path
If more BSSes are added in config file than are supported by the driver,
segmentation fault can appear. For this case, the interface_added flag
needs to be cleared if adding a new BSS fails.

Signed-hostap: Marek Kwaczynski <marek.kwaczynski@tieto.com>
2013-12-14 21:13:52 -08:00
Janusz Dziedzic
f7154ceef7 DFS: Use channel switch when radar is detected
Until now DFS was simply restarting the AP when radar was detected. Now
CSA is used to perform smooth switch to the new channel. Stations not
supporting CSA will behave as before.

Signed-hostap: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-hostap: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
2013-12-07 20:50:15 -08:00
Janusz Dziedzic
6c6c58d157 hostapd: Make hostapd_set_freq_params() public
Signed-hostap: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2013-12-07 20:50:15 -08:00
Michal Kazior
b72f949b07 DFS: Allow skipping radar channels
This is needed for AP CSA. Since CSA must happen immediately after radar
is detected there's no time to perform CAC. Thus, radar channels must be
disabled when looking for a new channel to escape to after a radar is
detected.

Signed-hostap: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
2013-12-07 20:50:15 -08:00
Janusz Dziedzic
8d1fdde7f0 nl80211/hostapd: Extend channel switch notify handling
Adds support for VHT by parsing bandwidth and center_freq{1,2}.

Signed-hostap: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-hostap: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2013-12-07 20:50:15 -08:00
Johannes Berg
10e694a618 AP: Use monotonic clock for SA query timeout
The usual, any timeouts should be using monotonic time.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-07 20:50:15 -08:00
Johannes Berg
af5389610b Use monotonic clock for RADIUS cache timeouts
Use monotonic clock for both cache and query timeouts.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-07 20:50:15 -08:00
Johannes Berg
fe52c210cf Use monotonic clock for last_sae_token_key_update
Just the usual, with a new function os_reltime_initialized()
thrown in that checks whether time has ever been retrieved
(time can't be completely zero).

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-07 20:50:15 -08:00
Johannes Berg
100298e896 AP: Use monotonic time for AP list
Use the new monotonic time to keep track of when an AP
entry expires.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-07 20:50:15 -08:00
Johannes Berg
b3493fa110 AP: Use monotonic time for STA connected time
Connected time is relative, so should be using monotonic time
rather than time of day.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-07 20:50:14 -08:00
Jouni Malinen
7feff06567 Add CONFIG_CODE_COVERAGE=y option for gcov
This can be used to measure code coverage from test scripts.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-24 19:16:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
59d343858d EAP server: Initialize TLS context based on private_key
It is possible for the authentication server to be configured with a
PKCS #12 file that includes a private key, a server certificate, and a
CA certificate. This combination could result in server_cert and ca_cert
parameters not being present and that should still result in TLS context
getting initialized.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-24 18:08:45 +02:00
Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan
336167c80e AP: Fix inactivity STA timer trigger for driver offload case
Some non-mac80211 drivers, such as ath6kl, support STA inactivity timer
in firmware and may not provide connected stations' idle time to the
userspace. If the driver indicates support for offloaded operation, do
not start the inactivity timer in the hostapd.

Signed-hostap: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-24 12:01:55 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
80ed037f00 Clear beacon_data before usage
struct beacon_data contains a lot of pointers. Make sure it gets cleared
to zero if hostapd_build_beacon_data() gets called from a path that does
not clear the structure first.

Signed-hostap: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2013-11-22 23:21:43 +02:00
Marek Kwaczynski
92ecda40e0 hostapd: Set proper VHT capabilities
Set VHT capabilities defined in config file instead only supported
by the driver.

Signed-hostap: Marek Kwaczynski <marek.kwaczynski@tieto.com>
2013-11-22 18:03:04 +02:00
Marek Kwaczynski
77a3e796e1 hostapd: Fix set beacon in multiple BSSID scenario
Check if the BSS interface has started before setting beacon.
Lack of this condition can cause segmantation fault.

Signed-hostap: Marek Kwaczynski <marek.kwaczynski@tieto.com>
2013-11-22 18:02:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cc14091eab VHT: Fix memory leak in STA entry
Commit de3cdf354a adding copying of the
STA's VHT capabilities into the STA entry on the AP. This was done in
allocated memory, but that new memory allocation was not freed anywhere.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-22 17:46:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
461e3ebe43 Fix and work around some MinGW compilation issues
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-20 23:12:33 +02:00
Michal Kazior
68d628accd hostapd: Fix interface enabling/disabling and DFS
The 'started' state was tracked incorrectly. It also broke DFS
as it was using hostapd_enable/disable_iface() functions.

Signed-hostap: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
2013-11-20 22:29:35 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
334bf36ac5 Add chan_switch to ctrl interface of wpa_supplicant and hostapd
Add chan_switch to the control interface of wpa_supplicant and hostapd,
and also to wpa_cli and hostapd_cli.

Signed-hostap: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2013-11-17 17:12:58 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
bf281c129f Add AP channel switch mechanism
Build CSA settings and call the driver to perform the switch. Construct
Beacon, Probe Response, and (Re)Association Response frames both for CSA
period and for the new channel. These frames are built based on the
current configuration. Add CSA IE in Beacon and Probe Response frames.

Signed-hostap: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2013-11-17 17:12:58 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
e44a384b68 Move AP parameter filling into a helper function
Signed-hostap: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2013-11-17 17:12:58 +02:00
Abhishek Singh
795baf773f hostapd: Filter channel list updated events after country code change
We were not filtering the EVENT_CHANNEL_LIST_CHANGED events based on the
regulatory hint initiator. So wait for EVENT_CHANNEL_LIST_CHANGED event
after our own change was triggered even when regulatory hint initiator
was the driver. This could result in the wait for the channel list to be
updated to be terminated before the real change has occurred and as
such, old channel list remaining in use when configuring
hostapd/wpa_supplicant country parameter. Fix this by filtering the
hints according to the initiator and only regulatory hints initiated by
user will be used to stop the wait.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-15 02:59:55 +02:00
Kyeyoon Park
91f9e6078f GAS: Replenish AP station session timer to 5 seconds
If remaining AP session timeout is less than 5 seconds
for an existing station, replenish the timeout to 5 seconds.
This allows stations to be able to recycle a dialog token
value beyond 5 seconds for GAS exchange.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-08 00:22:32 +02:00
Paul Stewart
c101bb9d23 hostapd: Add option to send OBSS scan params
Add a parameter to send the overlapping BSS scan parameter
information element. This will require clients to perform
background scans to check for neigbors overlapping this
HT40 BSS. Since the implementation is incomplete it should
only be used for testing.

Signed-hostap: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
2013-11-07 14:05:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b6881b5218 WPS NFC: Add more debug for NFC Password Token matching
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-07 13:48:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5e1a4565f8 hostapd: Do not start secondary BSS unless interface is enabled
It is possible for additional BSSs to be added while the primary
interface is still in the process of determining channel parameters (HT
co-ex scan, ACS, DFS). Do not enable secondary interfaces in such state
immediately, but instead, wait for the pending operation on the primary
interface to complete. Once that's done, the added extra BSSs will also
be enabled in hostapd_setup_interface_complete().

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-06 15:41:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
36501a22a4 hostapd: Verify hostapd_setup_bss calls
Reject multiple calls to hostapd_setup_bss() for any specific interface.
hostapd_cleanup() must have been called first before trying to restart a
BSS.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-06 15:41:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
54246f8d44 hostapd: Share a single function for BSS deinit
hostapd_bss_deinit() takes care of freeing the associated stations and
calling hostapd_cleanup() to deinit per-BSS services.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-06 12:48:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6d1ca81ee8 Remove unused hostapd_cleanup_iface_pre()
This has not been used in years and can be removed to clean up the
hostapd deinit path a bit.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-06 12:44:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
747c85f932 hostapd: Add more debug prints to deinit path
This makes it easier to follow the various interface/BSS deinit
operations.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-06 12:42:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6023a7880b Restore hapd->interface_added tracking to core hostapd
This reverts parts of commit 390e489c0d
that tried to enable removal of the first BSS. Since that operation is
now forced to remove all BSSs, these changes are not needed. The
hostapd_if_remove() operation in hostapd_free_hapd_data() is problematic
for the first BSS since it ends up freeing driver wrapper information
that is needed later when deinitializing the driver wrapper.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-06 01:38:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
486d2ff0eb hostapd: Deinit ctrl_iface in case of add interface failure
Since the control interface is now initialized as part of
hostapd_setup_interface(), it needs to be deinitialized on the error
path.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-06 01:32:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cdf3fb1f1c Fix removal of a BSS that has not yet been fully initialized
If a secondary BSS is removed while it is waiting for the primary BSS to
complete channel setup (e.g., due to HT co-ex scan, ACS, or DFS), the
hostapd_data instance has not yet been initialized. Fix the BSS removal
code to take this special case into account and not try to deinitialize
the hostapd_data instance that has not yet been started.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-06 00:57:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2f99d90726 Remove all BSSs on removal of the first one
The changes in commit 5592065850 to allow
any BSS to be removed were a bit too early since there are still number
of areas that use the first BSS as a special case. Especially the
driver_ops API is going to require quite a bit of cleanup before removal
of the first BSS without the other BSSes of the same radio can be done
safely.

For now, force all BSSs to be removed in case the first one is removed.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-06 00:43:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2b6623ab13 hostapd: Do not terminate process on dynamic interface add failure
Limit the calls to eloop_terminate() to happen only for the
initialization failure from the interfaces that we specified on the
command line. This allows hostapd process to continue operating even if
a dynamically added interface fails to start up. This allows the upper
layer software to fix a configuration error and retry.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-05 17:35:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d4f1a347ce Allow AP mode configuration with VHT enabled on 2.4 GHz
hostapd_set_freq_param() rejected the 20 MHz channel case with
vht_enabled due to the existing validation step including only 5 GHz (to
be more exact, only >= 5000 MHz). While the behavior may not be fully
defined for 2.4 GHz, we can enable this based on driver capability
advertisement to fix automatic VHT selection for P2P use cases.
mac80211_hwsim advertises VHT for 2.4 GHz band and that resulted in
failures when trying to start GO on that band with vht=1 parameter.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-04 11:51:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bb337ddac2 DFS: Do not use cf1 to override freq for 20 MHz channels
NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 is defined to be used for anything but 20 MHz
bandwidth, so it could be unset for 20 MHz channels. Do not use it to
override center frequency from NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (if available)
for 20 MHz channels to avoid clearing frequency.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-03 21:50:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0dfd2c61a5 Document AP mode startup functions
This provides some more details on how interfaces and BSSes are
initialized during hostapd startup.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-03 21:30:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fee947bfc0 hostapd: Use correct wpa_printf verbosity level for message
This configuration file message is informative and MSG_INFO should be
used instead of MSG_ERROR.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-03 20:12:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e4ba031531 hostapd: Use start_ctrl_iface() from hostapd_add_iface()
Better share the same function for initializing control interface from
the two possible paths that can add a new interface to hostapd.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-03 19:51:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bf7f09bd24 Fix AP mode QoS Map configuration to be per-BSS
This is a per-BSS configuration parameter and as such, needs to be
configured to the driver from hostapd_setup_bss() instead of
hostapd_driver_init().

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-03 19:51:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dc036d9ee0 DFS: Convert hostapd_data use to hostapd_iface
DFS operations are specific to the interface (radio/wiphy), not BSS
(netdev/vif), so hostapd_iface is the appropriate element to use in
them.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-03 19:51:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2db938e8de hostapd: Fill in phyname automatically
If per-BSS configuration enabling did not provide a phy name, iface->phy
was left empty. It can be helpful to set this up automatically, so fill
that when initializing the interface.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-03 19:51:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5ae6449ca2 hostapd: Add ctrl_iface STATUS command
This can be used to fetch runtime information about hostapd interfaces.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-03 19:51:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
afadaff976 Optimize 40 MHz HT co-ex scan on AP
Only scan the affected channels instead of all enabled channels when
determining whether the primary and secondary channel for HT40 needs to
be swapped. This speed up HT40 setup considerably on 5 GHz band.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-03 19:51:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7d6d73701e hostapd: Add AP-ENABLED/DISABLED ctrl_iface events
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-03 19:51:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e1c5faf007 hostapd: Track interface state
The new hostapd_iface::state enum is used to track the current state of
the hostapd interface (a radio/wiphy).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-03 19:51:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f0793bf191 hostapd: Wait for channel list update after country code change
If hostapd is requested to set the country code and the previous country
code differs from the new one, the channel list information from the
driver may change. This change may not be instant, so wait for an
EVENT_CHANNEL_LIST_CHANGED event before continuing interface setup with
fetching of the channel list information. This fixes issues where the
selected channel is not available based on the previous regulatory data
and update through CRDA takes some time.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-03 19:51:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ae134e1d2b hostapd: Add ctrl_iface events for ACS
These give status information to external observers from automatic
channel selection operations.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-03 19:51:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ad08e1413b hostapd: Move ctrl_iface initialization to happen earlier
Channel determination may take considerable time when ACS or DFS is
used, so it is useful to be able to observe this process through the
control interface. Move the initialization of the control interfaces to
happen before channel determination so that this can be achieved.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-03 19:51:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4a5deb9b9d hostapd: Simplify interface initialization
Use hostapd_interface_init2() for all interfaces instead of the
previously used different paths for per-interface-config and
per-BSS-config cases. This moves the calls to hostapd_driver_init() and
hostapd_setup_interface() to happen after all configuration files have
been read.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-03 19:51:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
186c905912 DFS: Add control interface events for various DFS events
These can be useful for external programs that track the current state
of the AP.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-03 11:31:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
71cdf6b624 hostapd: Fix ENABLE failure to not remove interface
Previously, ENABLE command ended up freeing the hostapd_iface context on
initialization failures, but did not even remove the interface from the
list of available interfaces. This resulted in use of freed memory with
any following operation on the same interface. In addition, removing the
interface on initialization failure does not seem like the best
approach. Fix both of these issues by leaving the interface instance in
memory, but in disabled state so that the configuration can be fixed and
ENABLE used again to enable the interface or REMOVE used to remove the
interface.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-03 11:31:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
61323e70e1 Convert perror/printf calls to wpa_printf
This makes debug and error logging more consistent and allows them to be
directed to a file more easily.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-02 12:58:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2aec4f3c0c Allow add-BSS operation to re-use existing netdev
When removing and re-adding the first wlan# netdev to hostapd
dynamically, the netdev is already present and should not be removed and
re-added to maintain its state as not-added-by-hostapd so that it does
not get removed automatically.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-31 22:34:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5592065850 hostapd: Allow a single BSS to be removed from an interface
The global control interface command "REMOVE <ifname>" can now be used
to remove a single virtual interface (BSS) without affecting other
virtual interfaces on the same radio.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-31 22:30:15 +02:00
Kyeyoon Park
2e2fff37e9 hostapd: Allow a single BSS to be added to an interface
The global control interface command "ADD
bss_config=<phyname>:<config file>" can now be used to add a single
virtual interface (BSS) to an interface.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-31 22:30:15 +02:00
Kyeyoon Park
a1fb5692af hostapd: Make hostapd_interface_init_bss() available externally
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-31 22:00:31 +02:00
Kyeyoon Park
66936c6af8 hostapd: Make hostapd_init() available externally
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-31 22:00:31 +02:00
Kyeyoon Park
390e489c0d hostapd: Allow the first BSS in a multi-BSS setup to be removed
This moves the vif added check from core hostapd to the driver wrapper
(only driver_nl80211.c uses this) and reorders operations a bit to allow
the first BSS (vif) to be removed from a multi-BSS setup.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-31 22:00:31 +02:00
Kyeyoon Park
33b0b330ce hostapd: Fix error path in hostapd_add_iface()
Incorrect count variable was used in freeing up the BSS data.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-31 15:59:12 +02:00
Helmut Schaa
770ecdf27c ACS: Do not get stuck while failing to do a subsequent scan
Return control flow to hostapd by calling hostapd_acs_completed()
if requesting a scan from the underlying device fails.

Signed-hostapd: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
2013-10-31 15:12:21 +02:00
Michal Kazior
813d4bac5a DFS: Add support for multi-BSS
If radar was detected single BSS is notified about it. This caused only
that single BSS to be stopped and restarted. However, due to nl80211
interface combinations the BSS was not started on a new channel and
other BSSes remained operating on the old channel.

The downside is that hostapd_disable_iface() causes deauth frames to be
sent. This is undesired but on the other hand it doesn't make sense to
create workarounds that imitate CSA's 'block tx'. For proper Tx
quiescing CSA should be properly implemented.

Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
2013-10-31 15:12:17 +02:00
Michal Kazior
954e71d270 DFS: Reset cac_started properly
If CAC was stopped but hostapd was not terminated cac_started would
remain set to 1.

Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
2013-10-31 14:49:38 +02:00
Michal Kazior
6a398ddc9a DFS: Sanitize channel availability checks
Fixes corner case of holes in channel list and simplifies availability
checks.

Signed-hostap: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
2013-10-31 14:49:06 +02:00
Michal Kazior
32595da608 DFS: Fix HT40/VHT calculation
Decouple HT/VHT offset/center-freq calculations from channel lookup.
This will be necessary for further improvements on the DFS codebase.

Signed-hostap: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
2013-10-31 14:49:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6f2db2fbdd hostapd: Validate configuration parameters on RELOAD command
Reject RELOAD control interface command if the dynamic configuration
changes have resulted into a state where the configuration is invalid.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-29 16:58:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
eff0fd1ee8 hostapd: Move generic configuration functions into src/ap
This allows the configuration validation routines to be called from
src/ap/*.c for runtime updates of configuration without reprocessing the
full configuration file.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-29 16:58:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5afaa067d9 hostapd: Allow per-BSS (vif) configuration files
This provides a new option for configuring multiple virtual interfaces
(BSS) that share a single radio. The new command line parameter
-b<phyname>:<config file name> is used to define one or more virtual
interfaces for each PHY. The first such entry for a new PHY is used to
initialize the interface structure and all consecutive parameters that
have the same PHY name will be added as virtual BSS entries to that
interface. The radio parameters in the configuration files have to be
identical.

This can be used as an alternative for the bss=<ifname> separator and
multiple BSSes in a single configuration file design while still
allowing hostapd to control the PHY (struct hostapd_iface) as a group of
virtual interfaces (struct hostapd_data) so that common radio operations
like OLBC detection and HT40 co-ex scans can be done only once per real
radio.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-29 16:58:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ebd79f07c4 hostapd: Make hostapd_config::bss array of pointers
This makes it more convenient to move BSS configuration entries between
struct hostapd_config instances to clean up per-BSS configuration file
design.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-29 16:58:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a781e211f9 hostapd: Force PSK to be derived again on BSS reload
This may be needed if the wpa_psk information for previously derived
from passphrase and either the SSID or the passphrase has changed.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-29 16:58:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9f104b0324 hostapd: Reuse hostapd_clear_old() for RELOAD command
Instead of duplicating the functionality and missing changes (like the
hostapd_broadcast_wep_clear() call), use the hostapd_clear_old()
function that was already used for the similar case with configuration
file reload.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-29 16:09:34 +02:00
Eliad Peller
6b02335a96 hostapd: Mask out not-supported VHT capabilities
Mask the remote VHT capabilities with our own capabilities, similarly
to what is done for HT capabilities.

Signed-hostap: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
2013-10-27 19:28:40 +02:00
Eliad Peller
7f0303d5b0 hostapd: Verify VHT 160/80+80 MHz driver support
Make sure the driver supports 160/80+80 MHz VHT capabilities
before trying to configure these channels.

Signed-hostap: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
2013-10-27 19:17:23 +02:00
Eliad Peller
c781eb8428 hostapd: Verify VHT capabilities are supported by driver
Make sure the defined VHT capabilities are supported by the driver.

Signed-hostap: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
2013-10-27 19:11:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e7ecab4a3b Use ARRAY_SIZE() macro
Replace the common sizeof(a)/sizeof(a[0]) constructions with a more
readable version.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-26 17:49:05 +03:00
Janusz Dziedzic
2e946249b1 DFS: Handle radar event when CAC actived correctly
When we have CAC active and receive a radar event, we should ignore
CAC_ABORT event and handle channel switch in the radar event handler.

Signed-hostap: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2013-10-26 17:48:55 +03:00
Janusz Dziedzic
5eaf240af5 DFS: Fix overlapped() function to check only DFS channels
This fixes a problem when operating on non-DFS channel and receiving a
radar event for that channel. Previously, we would have decided to
switch channels.

Signed-hostap: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2013-10-26 17:48:46 +03:00
Janusz Dziedzic
345276a6b5 DFS: Adjust center freq correctly for VHT20/VHT40
Setup correct seg0 for VHT with 20/40 MHz width (VHT_CHANWIDTH_USE_HT).

Signed-hostap: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2013-10-26 17:48:41 +03:00
Janusz Dziedzic
1dc17db34a DFS: Fix available channels list for VHT80
Add a table of available VHT80 channels. This table contains the first
available channel. We will also choose this first channel as the control
one.

Signed-hostap: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2013-10-26 17:48:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
03610ad28d Clean up get_seqnum() use for IPN
Some driver wrappers may implement this by writing eight octets even
though IPN is only six octets. Use a separate WPA_KEY_RSC_LEN (8) octet
buffer in the call to make sure there is enough buffer room available
for the full returned value and then copy it to IPN field.

The previous implementation used the following igtk field as the extra
buffer and then initialized that field afterwards, so this change does
not fix any real issue in behavior, but it is cleaner to use an explicit
buffer of the maximum length for get_seqnum().

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-26 15:56:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
35f836375d DFS: Add forgotten break statement
The VHT_CHANWIDTH_160MHZ case fell through to the default case and
printed out a debug message that was not supposed to be shown here.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-26 15:55:09 +03:00
Helmut Schaa
677cf19091 hostapd: Select any supported channel if ACS fails
Signed-hostap: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
2013-10-23 00:44:48 +03:00
Helmut Schaa
20f9cb1842 hostapd: Allow ACS to deal with partial survey data
Previously ACS required valid survey data on all available channels.
This can however not be guaranteed. Instead of just failing, fall back
to the subset of channels that have valid ACS data.

Signed-hostap: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
2013-10-23 00:44:41 +03:00
Helmut Schaa
3645fd5aae hostapd: Propagate ACS errors to iface setup
Otherwise hostapd might hang doing nothing anymore. Propagate ACS
errors so we can fail gracefully.

Signed-hostap: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
2013-10-23 00:44:36 +03:00
Helmut Schaa
0e1d0b370f hostapd: Don't get stuck after failed ACS
If ACS fails we still need to call hostapd_setup_interface_complete.
Otherwise hostapd will just hang doing nothing anymore. However, pass
an error to hostapd_setup_interface_complete to allow a graceful fail.

Signed-hostap: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
2013-10-23 00:44:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9bc33868bf Add test option for specifying hardcoded BSS Load element
The new bss_load_test parameter can be used to configure hostapd to
advertise a fixed BSS Load element in Beacon and Probe Response frames
for testing purposes. This functionality is disabled in the build by
default and can be enabled with CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-18 14:13:45 +03:00
Kyeyoon Park
c551700f1f Interworking: Add support for QoS Mapping functionality for the AP
This allows QoS Map Set element to be added to (Re)Association Response
frames and in QoS Map Configure frame. The QoS Mapping parameters are
also made available for the driver interface.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-18 14:13:45 +03:00
Janusz Dziedzic
899cc14e10 hostapd: Add support for DFS with 160 MHz channel width
Signed-hostap: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2013-10-17 21:06:16 +03:00
Janusz Dziedzic
6de0e0c99e Mark DFS functions static and rename them
These functions are not used from outside dfs.c anymore.

Signed-hostap: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2013-10-17 21:05:54 +03:00
Janusz Dziedzic
58b73e3dd9 hostapd: DFS with 40/80 MHz channel width support
Signed-hostap: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2013-10-17 21:05:44 +03:00
Janusz Dziedzic
04e8003c6c nl80211: Use struct hostapd_freq_params with start_dfs_cac
Signed-hostap: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2013-10-17 21:05:31 +03:00
Janusz Dziedzic
72c753d7bb hostapd: Split hostapd_set_freq to helper function
This allows the functionality to fill in a struct hostapd_freq_params to
be shared.

Signed-hostap: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2013-10-17 21:05:23 +03:00
Janusz Dziedzic
e76da50529 hostapd: Add AP DFS support
Add DFS structures/events handlers, CAC handling, and radar detection.
By default, after radar is detected or the channel became unavailable, a
random channel will be chosen.

This patches are based on the original work by Boris Presman and
Victor Goldenshtein. Most of the DFS code is moved to a new dfs.c/dfs.h
files.

Cc: Boris Presman <boris.presman@ti.com>
Cc: Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com>

Signed-hostap: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-hostap: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2013-10-17 21:05:15 +03:00
Helmut Schaa
ded22b5390 hostapd: Fix segfault after ACS when flushing STAs
When hostapd receives an auth frame during ACS the transmission of
the according auth response will always fail:

ACS: Automatic channel selection started, this may take a bit
[..]
send_auth_reply: send: Resource temporarily unavailable
[..]

However, a station info entry was created. Once ACS is finished
it will flush all stations even though hapd was not yet fully
initialized. This results in a segfault when trying to access
hapd->radius:

0  0x0042c1c0 in radius_client_flush_auth ()
1  0x00416a94 in ap_free_sta ()
2  0x00416cc0 in hostapd_free_stas ()
3  0x0040bce8 in hostapd_flush_old_stations ()
4  0x0040c790 in hostapd_setup_interface_complete ()
5  0x0046347c in acs_scan_complete ()
6  0x0040f834 in hostapd_wpa_event ()
7  0x0043af08 in send_scan_event.part.46 ()
8  0x00443a64 in send_scan_event ()
9  0x00443c24 in do_process_drv_event ()
10 0x004449e8 in process_global_event ()
11 0x7767d7d0 in ?? ()

Fix this by not presuming anything about the initialization state of
hapd and checking ->radius before accessing.

Signed-off-hostapd: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
2013-10-14 20:44:31 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
24d110dca3 Replace printf with wpa_printf debug message
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-10-14 20:40:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0249c12596 Avoid compiler warning with CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y
There is no need to use the bss variable which is used only within a
wpa_printf() call that can be conditionally removed from the build.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-25 19:24:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ed1bf011da Allow hostapd config file for dynamically added interface
This extends hostapd global control interface command "ADD" to use a
configuration file instead of requiring configuration to be built using
SET command.

The command format is now following:
ADD <ifname> <control path|config=<path to config>>

For example:

ADD wlan0 /var/run/hostapd
ADD wlan0 config=/tmp/hostapd.conf

When using the configuration file option, ctrl_interface parameter in
the file needs to be set to allow ENABLE command to be issued on the new
interface.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-25 19:07:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
97bacf7cf6 Do not clear hostapd configuration parameters on disable-iface
There was a comment about the the cleanup steps being from
hostapd_cleanup_iface(). However, the operations that cleared some
security parameters do not seem to exist elsewhere and do not make sense
here. Remove them to avoid changing configuration with DISABLE followed
by ENABLE.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-25 18:35:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
66f4dd1550 hostapd: Fix couple of deinit path cases to clear pointers
This fixes some issues where dynamic interface enable/disable cycles
could end up trying to free resources twice and crash the process while
doing so.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-25 18:14:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f2c566027e P2P: Add a command for removing a client from all groups
The new control interface command P2P_REMOVE_CLIENT <P2P Device
Address|iface=Address> can now be used to remove the specified client
from all groups (ongoing and persistent) in which the local device is a
GO. This will remove any per-client PSK entries and deauthenticate the
device.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-09-01 21:35:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
01a57fe420 P2P: Maintain list of per-client PSKs for persistent groups
Record all generated per-client PSKs in the persistent group network
block and configure these for the GO Authenticator whenever re-starting
the persistent group. This completes per-client PSK support for
persistent groups.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-09-01 21:35:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
759fd76b7f P2P: Select PSK based on Device Address instead of Interface Address
When using per-device PSKs, select the PSK based on the P2P Device
Address of the connecting client if that client is a P2P Device. This
allows the P2P Interface Address to be changed between P2P group
connections which may happen especially when using persistent groups.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-09-01 11:30:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
94ddef3e72 P2P: Make peer's P2P Device Address available to authenticator
This can be used to implement per-device PSK selection based on the
peer's P2P Device Address instead of P2P Interface Address.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-09-01 11:05:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
52177fbb70 P2P: Store P2P Device Address in per-device PSK records
This makes the P2P Device Address of the Enrollee available with the PSK
records to allow P2P Device Address instead of P2P Interface Address to
be used for finding the correct PSK.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-09-01 10:47:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
05766ed8de P2P: Allow per-device PSK to be assigned
"wpa_cli p2p_set per_sta_psk <0/1>" can now be used to disable/enable
use of per-device PSKs in P2P groups. This is disabled by default.
When enabled, a default passphrase is still generated by the GO for
legacy stations, but all P2P and non-P2P devices using WPS will get
a unique PSK.

This gives more protection for the P2P group by preventing clients from
being able to derive the unicast keys used by other clients. This is
also a step towards allowing specific clients to be removed from a group
reliably without having to tear down the full group to do so.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-09-01 10:14:29 +03:00
Michal Kazior
50f4f2a066 hostapd: Add Automatic Channel Selection (ACS) support
This adds ACS support to hostapd. Currently only survey-based
algorithm is available.

To use ACS you need to enable CONFIG_ACS=y in .config and use
channel=0 (or channel=acs_survey) in hostapd.conf.

For more details see wiki page [1] or comments in src/ap/acs.c.

[1]: http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/acs

Signed-hostap: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
2013-08-31 11:51:06 +03:00
Michal Kazior
0185007c2e hostapd: Add survey dump support
This adds survey dump support for all frequencies
and for specific desired frequencies. This will later
be used by ACS code for spectrum heuristics.

Signed-hostap: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
2013-08-25 18:35:25 +03:00
Michal Kazior
245e026ec8 hostapd: Split up channel checking into helpers
This splits up the channel checking upon initialization into a few
helpers. This should make this a bit easier to follow. This also paves
the way for some initial ACS entry code.

Signed-hostap: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
2013-08-25 18:35:20 +03:00
David Spinadel
239abaf2ab WPS: Set currently used RF band in RF Bands attribute
According to WSC specification (Ver 2.0.2, section 8.3), RF Bands
attribute should be set to the specific RF band used for the current
message. Add an option to set wanted band in wps_build_rf_bands() and
add a callback to get the current band from wpa_supplicant and hostapd.

Signed-hostap: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2013-08-25 10:55:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5bcd5c5a68 FT RRB: Clear pad field to avoid sending out uninitialized data
The pad field in the RRB messages is unused, but it should be
initialized to avoid sending out arbitrary data from stack. This was
also generating number of valgrind complaints about uninitialized memory
accesses in local FT tests.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-08-25 00:35:10 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
e96872a4f2 WPS: Track peer MAC address from the last operations
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-08-23 17:48:59 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
ae23935e7d WPS: Track PBC status
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-08-23 17:48:25 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
61b6520e16 WPS: Track result of the latest WPS operation
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-08-23 17:48:20 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
50396e29da WPS: Add PBC mode activated/disabled events
This makes it easier to track PBC state on the registrar.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-08-23 16:52:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
961750c1e8 WPS: Share a common function for error strings
This makes it easier to maintain the list of WPS_EI_* error values and
matching strings.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-08-23 16:32:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d2ba3d6bd9 VLAN: Simplify no-WEP with VLAN check
No need to have a local variable and two #ifndef blocks for this.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-08-07 12:24:18 +03:00
Michael Braun
d66dcb0d0b WEP: Remove VLAN support from hostapd
This removes WEP with VLAN support and thus avoids increasing
complexity for tagged VLANs.

Signed-hostap: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2013-08-07 12:22:38 +03:00
Michael Braun
c2db79f237 VLAN: Remove vlan_tail
Everything in hostapd can be implemented efficiently without vlan_tail.

Signed-hostap: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2013-08-04 21:45:50 +03:00
Sujith Manoharan
69dd2967db WDS: Fix WEP usage with nl80211 wds_sta=1
The static WEP keys have to be configured for the new VLAN
interface that is created for a 4addr WDS peer, not doing so
breaks WEP functionality in nl80211/4addr based WDS links.

Signed-hostap: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-07-20 17:41:22 +03:00
Sujith Manoharan
3f9a8137f5 hostapd: Add a config option to control beaconing
In a AP/STA concurrent setup, if the STA interface is continually
scanning, trying to connect to a network, the AP interface
is basically broken since beaconing would be erratic.

This option can be used in a WDS setup where one AP acts as a
Client/AP-Repeater. The Repeater AP interface has to start beaconing
only after the Client interface has established a WDS link with the
"Root AP".

Signed-hostap: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-07-20 17:20:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
67fe933d40 Add server identity configuration for EAP server
The new server_id parameter in hostapd.conf can now be used to specify
which identity is delivered to the EAP peer with EAP methods that
support authenticated server identity.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-07-07 20:30:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
080585c01a Add support for OCSP stapling to validate server certificate
When using OpenSSL with TLS-based EAP methods, wpa_supplicant can now be
configured to use OCSP stapling (TLS certificate status request) with
ocsp=1 network block parameter. ocsp=2 can be used to require valid OCSP
response before connection is allowed to continue.

hostapd as EAP server can be configured to return cached OCSP response
using the new ocsp_stapling_response parameter and an external mechanism
for updating the response data (e.g., "openssl ocsp ..." command).

This allows wpa_supplicant to verify that the server certificate has not
been revoked as part of the EAP-TLS/PEAP/TTLS/FAST handshake before
actual data connection has been established (i.e., when a CRL could not
be fetched even if a distribution point were specified).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-06-30 01:01:15 +03:00
Michael Braun
80ebfd9527 VLAN: Avoid access to non-existing interfaces
Currently, hostapd_get_vlan_id_ifname() is used to determine if a given
vlan is valid *and* to actually determine the interface. This leads to
wpa_set_keys() sometimes setting the key on the wildcard interface name,
which does not make sense.

This patch therefore adds hostapd_vlan_id_valid() and makes
hostapd_get_vlan_id_ifname() not return a wildcard interface.

Signed-hostap: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2013-06-25 12:03:02 +03:00
Michael Braun
4345fe963e bridge: Track inter-BSS usage
Currently, struct hostapd_vlan is a per-BSS data structure which
also contains informations about whether to remove the bridge
or clear wlan / tagged-vlan interface from the bridge.

In a multi-interface multi-BSS setup, this can lead to the following
race condition:
 1. wlan0 creates VLAN A, sets DVLAN_CLEAN_BR and DVLAN_CLEAN_VLAN_PORT
 2. wlan1 creates VLAN A, does not set DVLAN_CLEAN_BR and
    DVLAN_CLEAN_VLAN_PORT as already there
 3. wlan0 removes VLAN A, removes tagged-interface from the bridge
    but not the bridge.
    Now wlan1 VLAN A is unusable due to the missing uplink.
 4. wlan1 removes VLAN A, does not cleanup

Solution:
This requires an inter-BSS inter-interface data structure to track the
bridge / bridge port usage within hostapd. This data structure could
also be used to track any other device-has-been-created-by-hostapd
information or when regarding interface freeing.

Signed-hostap: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2013-06-25 12:00:10 +03:00
Michael Braun
459eee923c bridge: Use safe default bridge interface
Currently by default, all BSS share the bridge brvlan%d.
While this is sane when no tagged-interface is given, this
is insane when different tagged interfaces are given, as
it would result in bridging those tagged interfaces.

This patch therefore uses br%s%d with %s=tagged_interface
and %d=VLAN ID as bridge name when a tagged-interface is given.

Signed-hostap: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2013-06-25 11:10:00 +03:00
Michael Braun
2aaeedfa07 bridge: Give bridge name in per-bss configuration
Currently, when different BSS using different tagged vlan
interfaces, they are forced to share the bridge brvlan#,
which is not desirable.

This patch fixes this by making the bridge name configurable.

Signed-hostap: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2013-06-25 11:09:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
85b4eac364 P2P: Do not reply to 802.11b-only Probe Request frames as GO
If AP mode SME/MLME within wpa_supplicant is used for processing Probe
Request frames in GO mode, drop Probe Request frames that include only
802.11b rates per P2P spec section 2.4.1.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-06-19 19:16:23 +03:00
Kyeyoon Park
4331263b73 Fix session timeout after ANQP dummy STA entry with SME-in-driver
Upon association, disable the timer that removes the dummy STA. This
timer caused the STA that associates within 5 seconds of doing an ANQP
query to disassociate, thinking it's a dummy STA. Similar call was
already there for the SME/MLME-in-hostapd case in handle_auth(), but the
SME-in-driver case was not previously addressed.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-06-18 17:40:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3cb953e4b6 Do not set driver MAC ACL unless driver supports this
This cleans up debug log by not including comments about failed
operations in case the operation is known to fail due to not being
supported by the driver.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-24 13:37:22 +03:00
Vivek Natarajan
3c4ca36330 hostapd: Support MAC address based access control list
Enable MAC address based ACL for the drivers which advertise
this capabilty with NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX. Either of blacklist
or whitelist is supported, though, not simultaneously.

Signed-hostap: Vivek Natarajan <nataraja@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-24 13:26:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
901d1fe1e5 WNM: Remove PMKSA cache entry on ESS disassoc imminent notification
This is needed to avoid allowing the STA to reconnect using a cached
PMKSA. ESS disassoc imminent notification is normally used to indicate
that the STA session will be terminated and as such, requiring full
authentication through the authentication server after this is needed.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-23 16:50:06 +03:00
Kyeyoon Park
d5b559b641 WNM: Add disassociation timeout processing for ESS_DISASSOC
The hostapd_cli ess_disassoc command now takes three arguments (STA MAC
address, timeout in ms, URL) and the STA is disconnected after the
specified timeout.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-20 11:13:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c4bf83a723 P2P: No duplicate AP-STA-CONNECTED/DISCONNECTED as global event
These events are sent as a special case to both the group interface and
"parent interface" (i.e., the interface that was used for managing P2P
negotiation). The latter is not really correct event, so get rid of it
with the new global control interface design where there is no need to
support legacy upper layer implementations.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-05-18 19:18:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7793c959e6 Clean up AP-STA-CONNECTED/DISCONNECTED prints
Use shared code to print the parameters so that they do not need to be
generated four times separately.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-05-18 19:09:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
058c8636a7 FT RRB: Fix a memory leak on error path
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-05-18 09:49:26 +03:00
Simon Wunderlich
b113a171ac DFS: Add ieee80211h hostapd configuration parameter
This patch is based on the original work by Boris Presman and
Victor Goldenshtein. Channel Switch Announcement support has been
removed and event handling as well as channel set handling was
changed, among various other changes.

Cc: Boris Presman <boris.presman@ti.com>
Cc: Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com>
Signed-hostap: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
2013-05-09 20:14:53 +03:00
Johannes Berg
8543ed8a37 WPA: Print pairwise EAPOL-Key flag as a bool
Since "pairwise" is defined as an integer, the current assignment leads
to it having the value 0 or 8, which is a bit strange in debug output:

WPA: Send EAPOL(version=2 secure=1 mic=1 ack=1 install=1 pairwise=8
kde_len=46 keyidx=2 encr=1)

Use !!(...) to normalize it to 0 or 1.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-05-04 11:48:57 +03:00
Johannes Berg
7af092a015 hostapd: Add Key MIC in group EAPOL-Key frames corruption test option
For some testing it can be useful to force the Key MIC in group
EAPOL-Key frames to be corrupt. Add an option to allow setting a
probability for corrupting the Key MIC and use it in the WPA code,
increasing the first byte of the MIC by one to corrupt it if desired.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-05-04 11:45:03 +03:00
Ben Greear
728d97171b Use status code 17 (unable to handle new STA) on max-STA limitation
This is more useful information than the previously used value 1
(unspecified failure).

Signed-hostap: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2013-04-28 16:45:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5e24dc8a4b Add dup_binstr() to help common binary string tasks
There are quite a few places in the current implementation where a nul
terminated string is generated from binary data. Add a helper function
to simplify the code a bit.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-04-27 23:44:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2c48211c49 FT RRB: Validate os_malloc() return value before using it
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-04-27 23:05:15 +03:00
Michael Braun
7ca902b53e Make vlan_file optional if dynamic_vlan is used
My APs generate their configuration on their own using a different
number of (vlan-enabled) bss. Currently, all my vlan_file files consist
of a single line: the wildcard line. Configuration file generation would
be easier, if the hostapd configuration file would not depend on those
simple vlan_file files.

This patch removes the need for those one-line files by using the
<device>.<vlan> naming scheme if no vlan_file is given (or that file is
empty). This should not break any existing setup, as using dynamic_vlan
with no vlan configured does not make sense anyway.

Signed-hostap: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2013-04-27 22:53:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cc2ada868e nl80211: Reduce debug on Probe Request frames
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-04-24 01:01:21 +03:00
Johannes Berg
c2aff6b1d1 hostapd: Add some testing options
In order to test clients in scenarios where APs may (randomly)
drop certain management frames, introduce some testing options
into the hostapd configuration that can make it ignore certain
frames. For now, these are probe requests, authentication and
(re)association frames.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-04-23 17:51:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3db5439a5f Optimize Extended Capabilities element to be of minimal length
Leave out zero octets from the end of the element.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-03-31 21:58:17 +03:00
Johannes Berg
8cd6b7bce8 hostapd/wpa_s: Use driver's extended capabilities
Some extended capabilities (I'm currently interested in "Operating Mode
Notification" for VHT) are implemented by the kernel driver and exported
in nl80211. Use these in hostapd/wpa_supplicant.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-31 21:51:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a679c0f284 WPS: Allow hostapd process to control independent WPS interfaces
The new wps_independent=1 configuration parameter can be used to remove
interfaces from the shared hostapd process WPS control (i.e., to apply
WPS operations only to a subset of interfaces instead of all).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-03-31 12:34:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ccdff94035 WPS AP: Add support for reconfiguration with in-memory config
This allows WPS to update AP configuration in the case no hostapd
configuration file is used (i.e., dynamic configuration through the
control interface).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-03-31 12:34:35 +03:00